WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES • 16110 FRU 12/71-13
The  River Basin Model:
        The Social  Science Laboratory
    U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

-------
             WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES
The Water Pollution Control Research Series describes the results and
progress in the control and abatement of pollution in our Nation's
waters.  They provide a central source of information on the research,
development, and demonstration activities in the water research program
of the Environmental Protection Agency, through in-house research and
grants and contracts with Federal, state, and local agencies, research
institutions, and industrial organizations.

Inquiries pertaining to Water Pollution Control Research Reports should
be directed to the Chief, Publications Branch (Water), Research Information
Division, R&M, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D. C.  20460

-------
               THE RIVER BASIN  MODEL:

          The Social  Science Laboratory
                          by
                 Envirometrics,  Inc.
                 1100  17th Street, N.W.
                 Washington,  D.C. 20036
                        for the
         Office of  Research  and Monitoring
          Environmental Protection Agency


                    Project #16110 FRU
                 Contract 114-12-959
                   December,  1971
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price S2

-------
                       EPA Review Notice

This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protection
Agency and approved for publication.  Approval does not sig-
nify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and
policies of the Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names of commercial products constitute en-
dorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapters*                                                Page

    I     Findings and Recommendations                     -*-

   II     Introduction                                     3

  III     Objectives of the Study                          8

   IV     The City Model                                   9

    V     The ^'eetings                                    28

   VI     "BLUE CITY on a Green Landscape:  A Gaming-
          Simulation at Dartmouth" -
               John Sommer, Dartmouth College             -*3

  VII     "CITY MODEL Usage for Courses in Real Estate
          and Urban Development Planning" -
               Maury Seldin, American University

 VIII     "CITY MODEL at Georgetown" -
               Philip Patterson, Georgetown University

   IX     "CITY MODEL Usage in the Urban Studies
          Institute of Mankato State College" -
               Robert Barrett, Mankato State College     22°

    X     "CITY MODEL:  The Memphis State Experience" -
               Robert Dean, Memphis State University     252
   XI     Conclusion
                                                         269
*Chapters VI through X contain tables of contents of their
 own at the beginning of each chapter.
                             111

-------
                         Chapter I




                Findings and Recommendations





     Following is a summary of the findings and recommen-



dations of this study:





1.   It is possible to  use one model to teach a variety of



     social science subjects.  This fact does not appear to



     vary regardless of class size or whether the partici-



     pants are graduates or undergraduates.





2.   The presence of a  social science laboratory in an on-



     going curriculum requires substantial changes in course



     context or the addition of a new course.





3.   The inclusion of a laboratory cannot be done without



     some help from a colleague or a graduate student.  Fur-



     ther, the decision to use the tool will require a con-



     siderable time and effort expenditure on the part of the



     professors using it.





4.   Unanimously, the tool was considered a valuable addition



     to the conventional discipline courses.  This finding was



     affirmed by both the professors and the students.






5.   The model must be installed on the campus for really



     effective use.  This would mean that the model could be



     more fully utilized and that the faculty and students



     could experiment with it.

-------
6.   There were no books available to the contributing pro-



     fessors to help them in teaching the model as the re-



     lation of this discipline to a total system.






     In summary, the experiment indicated that the social



sciences are now ready to use a computer assisted laboratory



to teach their subjects.  However, this laboratory must be



packaged better and made available to local universities



and colleges so that they may carry on individual experimen-



tation as part of their normal educational programs.  The



results of the study showed the success of the use of the



model as a pedagogical device but also showed the almost



utter futility of trying to service its use from a single



centralized location.

-------
                        Chapter  II
                        Introduction

    Today, social science education is in the midst of a
severe cultural lag.   Its students, responding to the needs
of our society, are interested in becoming active partici-
pants in the solutions of our social ills.  They appear to
prefer this activist role to the more traditional one of the
passive scientist who studies the system from afar.  Unfor-
tunately, although our educational institutions will at least
begin to prepare students for the latter, they usually do not
possess techniques for preparing them for constructive partici-
pation in day to day affairs.
     Possibly a partial explanation of this failing can be
found in the evolved  structure  of the educational institu-
tions themselves.  Unfortunately, there is little for the
historian and anthropologist to use to re-create the path of
evolution through the ages.  Consequently, we shall be forced
to hypothesize the growth of this institution in Western
Civilization.
     When the number of people gathered together in a group
or clan is small, and when the technology they have at their
disposal is primitive, the society  (depending on the niggard-
liness of nature) is usually forced to spend large amounts
of its energy in matters of survival per se and therefore
spends little in speculative or educational activities.  The

-------
young men or women, when time comes for them to participate



actively in the group's survival, are apprenticed to older



members of their own sex (normally in their own kinship group)



to learn by mimic the techniques they will use throughout



life.  It is not until the technology improves and the group's



number increases, that specialization in education is able to



come about.



     For our convenience, let us picture this evolving ru-



dimentary formal educational system as being divided into



two distinct categories.  The first, a manual-technical clas-



sification which includes a teaching of all of the skills re-



quired to support the culture in its day to day existence.  In



the case of teaching these skills it would appear that the more



routinized the skills required and the greater the number



needed to perform the operations, the more likely it is for the



task to be turned over to some form of formal educational in-



stitution rather than to be apprenticed to single individuals.



Subsumed under this category could be such training operations



as manual trade schools, guilds, military academies, and so



forth.



     A second category can be broadly classified as philosophy.



This group of studies was instituted to cater to the needs of



the ruling and wealthy classes.  Since there was little chance



that the young of these groups would ever need to perform



manual labor, they were taught how to govern and how to address

-------
themselves to the more abstract problems of life.  Often



these schools specialized in religious training or in the arts



such as music and painting.



     Classes in both schools were likely to-be small, and the



amount of accumulated tribal knowledge to be passed on to the



young-was relatively light.  The seminar and laboratory



(shop)  could be widely used, resulting in a great deal of



personal attention for the student.  Further, secondary sources



such as book's were scarce so that the student could not be



totally separated from everyday experience; his laboratory



had to be his world — as interpreted by his teacher, of



course.



     As educational institutions became more crowded and as



the accumulated knowledge of a society increased, the schools



had to search for methods of educating its students in a more



streamlined fashion.  For example, many of the frescoes on the



walls and ceilings of the 13th and 14th century buildings



in Europe were painted by a master and his students.  Such a



practice is possible only if the number of students is small



and the master can see to each in an apprentice fashion.  For



many decades we attempted to maintain this concept of master-



student by separating the vast number of students seeking



knowledge into undergraduate and graduate levels.  The lower



level catered to its clientel through mass-produced learning



situations.  Only the best from this level were allowed to be



taught in a tutorial sense.

-------
     Ancillary with the overcrowding of the educational sphere



has been the evolution of the researcher.  As more and more



students demanded the benefits of an education, the demands



placed on the teacher increased to provide unique tutorial dis-



cussions of the day to day environment.  Further, more and more



teachers discovered a continuing demand for a few of their



seminars (based on their own experience and observations) to the



end that there was both a desire and a demand for widespread



distribution of their teaching.   Soon, the dual phenomena of



an expanding day to day environment and the teacher's capability



of explaining it led to the creation of a middleman, the re-



searcher.  The researcher attempted to antiseptically describe



and relate a number of different environments and facets there-



of to be used by the teacher and his students in place of first



hand experience.  In short, we evolved a body of men whose



specialty is the distribution of observations of the real en-



vironment in such a fashion as to provide an artificial, but



rich situation for the teacher and the student as they go



about the study of philosophy.



     It appears that this trend, although seemingly logically



arrived at from  a historical point of view, has worked to the



disadvantage of the modern student.  In truth, today's graduate



student is the victim of both overcrowding of our educational



facilities and the loss of a tutorial teacher.  His teachers



have taken the road of the researcher as the most rewarding



and have abandoned him to read their musing rather

-------
than join in the study.   Although his predecessors had the



distinct advantage of practical studies under a master, he



finds himself relegated to the role of the former undergraduate



as his numbers have grown to a point where it is impossible



for modern educational facilities to handle him as a unique in-



dividual.  Since, as noted earlier, our educational institu-



tions led the student to expect some degree of private atten-



tion and activistically oriented research as he progresses in



his education, the lack of these ingredients leads to a great



deal of frustration.  The solution at first blush appears quite



simple.  All that is required is to reverse the evolutionary



tendency so that the modern student can participate in real



life problems under the tutelage of a guiding teacher.



     Unfortunately, however, self-evident as such a solution



might be, we are constrained by the fact that it is impossible



for all of the vast number of students of social science  (part



of modern day philosophy) to be unleashed upon the day to day



world.  What is needed is an educational technique which will



revert to a more personalized education and at the same time



allow society to remain undisturbed by the learning process.

-------
                         Chapter III



                   Objectives of the Study



    When developed/ the proposed operational simulation



education program would make an important contribution to



college-level social science teaching.  Financial support



was needed so that the program could:



    1.   demonstrate that operational simulations by com-



pressing both time and space can make complicated patterns



of interrelationships understandable to students and researchers



in the field of urban development.



    2.   refine comprehensive operational simulations for



teaching.  These simulations, by holistically revealing



economic, social, and political variables in a metropolitan



area, make courses meaningful to a student than have more



traditional methods.



    3.   adapt the CITY Model to extensive classroom use in



interdisciplinary or other social science courses in urban



affairs and analysis so that it could be used:



         (a)  as the basic teaching device in a course, or



         (b)  as a means of illustrating specific principles



              or relationships.

-------
                         Chapter IV



                       The City Model





How the City Model Operates



    In the model,  participants (usually from twenty to one



hundred)  are decision-makers in one of three sectors:  economic,



social or government.   The metropolitan size, geographical con-



figuration, and political jurisdiction boundaries are chosen



before play from several alternatives.



    Cu-rently available are ten starting cities, ranging in



population from 10,000 to 1.6 million.  The simulated metro-



politan area comprises 625 parcels, each representing one



square mile (or one-ninth of a square mile), many of which



are unowned at the beginning of play.  (See Figure 1)



    A starting scenario may be used which briefly describes



the current status of the area in terms of problems, issues,



characteristics of growth, stability or decline, status of



services, housing, schools, traffic, tensions, conflicts or



plans.  When the model is underway, the characteristics of the



city will reflect the actions and interactions of the par-



ticipants.

-------
    The computer records participant decisions for each round.



It indicates the effects of decisions on one another and on the



metropolitan area itself.  Regularly provided computer print-



outs show the interaction of decisions and their influence



during the run.



    The CITY t-DDEL will respond to, and the play can be enhanced



by, an almost infinite variety of palyer actions generated by



curiosity, imagination, innovation or planning, programming, and



budgeting.  A general description of decision-making power of each



sector follows:





    Economic Sector Action



    Economic decision-makers have many choices of action.  They



are managers of their existing resources and have opportunities



to expand their holdings.  They may purchase and develop un-



owned land parcels or buy owned parcels from other economic



decision-makers during a simulation run.
                              10

-------
                                        CITY OPTIONS
                                            FIGURE  1
BASIC CHARACTERISTICS
CITY NAME
POPULATION
POPULATION SCALE
TOTAL MARKET VALUE OF
PRIVATE DEVELOPMENTS
(in millions of $)
PUBLIC DEBT
(in millions of $)
NUMBER OF DEVELOPED PARCELS
CPU TIME
PAGES OF OUTPUT
FIXED MODULES
JURISDICTION
STARTING ECONOMIC TEAMS
MAXIMUM ECONOMIC TEAMS
SOCIAL TEAMS
USABLE MODULES (Starting)
RAIL
BUS
PREEMPT LAND
PUBLIC INSTITUTIONAL LAND
LOCAL CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
ASSESSMENT
METROPOLITAN
1,548,500
PI = 500
9,286
336
245
17 minutes
260
2
10
10
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
NO
Yes
Yes
TRICITY
601,000
PI = 500
2,504
355
136
5 minutes
280
3
10
10
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
D UN BE AT H
275,500
PI = 500
90
39
59
3 minutes
220
1
7
7
7
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOTHIAN
50,000
PI = 50
14
13
173
6 minutes
240
1
10
10
10
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
MORAY COUNTY
11,500
PI = 500
9
8
19
2 minutes
160
1*
4
10
10
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
*The director has control  over
 parcels (square miles).
two additional jurisdictions, each of which is composed of four

-------
     As managers of economic enterprises, they are faced with



many decisions.  Besides setting wage, price and production



capacity structures for their properties, decision-makers also



may decide to earn income from funds invested on cash sub-



sidies, borrow and lend money, and, of course, have to budget



for taxes.



     Economic decision-makers can operate individually or in



concert with other economic interests to create economic



development plans, industrial parks, revitalization of a down-



town area, among other things.  They may also cooperate with



city programs or actively oppose them.



     There are four major types of economic activity in the



Model:



          Basic Industry - Heavy Industry (steel plants, for



example), Light Industry (electronics firms) and National Ser-



vice Industries (local outlets or plants of national concerns).



These activities spend money for business goods,.business



services, utilities, maintenance services and transportation,



to produce output that is sold in national markets at prices



determined by the national business climate.
       »


          Commercial Establishments - Business Goods (suppliers



of hardware and raw material, for example), Business Services



(insurance), Personal Goods (consumer hardware) and Personal



Services (supermarkets).
                             12

-------
                                Figure  2
                INTERRELATIONSHIPS  IN THE  CITY  MODEL
o

CO
I—•
O
UJ
Q

CO
•»
Q
O
o:
X
UJ
o
UJ
UJ
^
o
Q
UJ
01
u_
Q.
I-
13
O
         COMPREHEND THE
         STATUS OF
         BOTH THE CITY
         AND PARTICULAR
         AREAS OF CONTROL
                                             MAKE  DECISIONS  TO
                                             CHANGE  STATUS
                                DEVELOP
                                STRATEGIES
 ECONOMIC SECTOR

•PURCHASE LAND
•DEVELOP LAND
•OPERATE BUSINESSES
•TRANSFER MONEY
  OR PROPERTY
•INVEST
•BOYCOTT
SOCIAL SECTOR
• VOTE
• ALLOCATE
•BOYCOTT

TIME

•SET TIME-DOLLAR
VALUE
 GOVERNMENT SECTOR

•TAX

•APPROPRIATE BUDGETS

•OPERATE DEPARTMENTS

 •RESPOND TO SOCIAL
 AND ECONOMIC
 SECTORS
    .COMBINE THE ACTIONS/ DECISIONS/ AND INTERRELATIONSHIPS
     TO CREATE A SIMULATED METROPOLITAN SYSTEM,
          • BOOKKEEPING
            FUNCTIONS
                                              • OUTSIDE SYSTEM
                                               INFLUENCES
                               9 ASSIGNMENT
                                PROCESSES
                                  13

-------
          Construction Industry - Negotiates contracts with
economic and governmental decision-makers/ builds or upgrades
developments with the requisite labor and material.
          Residences - Single family dwellings, garden apart-
ments (or multiple dwellings) and highrise structures.  They
may be developed to various densities and for three socio-
economic classes.  Decision-makers here are landlords, who
spend money for maintenance, utilities, and taxes and earn
income based on the rent charges and the number of occupants
residing in the buildings.

     Social Sector Actions
     Social sector participants make decisions for population
units (people) who inhabit the metropolitan area.  These de-
cision-makers allocate time for their groups  (that is, to spend
extra time at work, in education, politics, or recreation),
boycott or strike  (not to shop or work at certain businesses,
or not to use certain modes of travel), and to vote (for elected
officials or referenda).
     Participants review their social status for the socio-
economic groups they represent.  They make decisions as to how
they will vote, use their time and perhaps boycott so that they
can improve their position.  Raising the educational level,
for instance, increases job opportunities and income potential.
     An important part of the model's social action is the ad-
hoc or special issue pressure and agitation exerted by the
                            14

-------
social sector decision-makers.   Often, low socio-economic



groups take concerted action to get the economic sector to



create more jobs or to get the government sector to improve



their schools or municipal services, or to encourage the devel-



opment of education parks, for instance.






     Government Sector Actions



     Government sector positions are:  Chairman or Mayor; Coun-



cilman; Assessment; School Department; Municipal Services;



Highway Department; Planning and Zoning; Utility Department;



Bus and Rapid Rail.



     These decision-makers are elected by the social decision-



makers or appointed by the already-elected officials to assume



the duties of the governmental functions, which are performed



simultaneously with the economic and social functions.  The



elected officials must satisfy voters in order to stay in



office each round.  The chief elected official in each juris- .



diction appoints others to execute the functions of the school,



municipal services, highway, planning and zoning, and assess-



ment departments.



     The government departments build schools, provide muni-



cipal services, build and upgrade roads and terminals, maintain



roads, buy and develop parkland, zone land, and estimate rev-



enues.  The players decide whether or not utilities, bus and



rapid rail functions may be operated publicly or privately.
                            15

-------
     Other Roles



     Other roles which may be interjected into a run of the CITY



MODEL include:  Mass Media, Citizens Advisory Group, Federal-



State-Aid Officer; and Deputy Mayor and many others.





The City Model in Action



     A sector by sector description of the CITY MODEL cannot



fully portray the dynamic interactions of the participants which



occur during the simulation, nor can it show the increased



awareness of urban system interrelationships which is a major



outcome of participation.



     However, a brief description of a hypothetical round may



illustrate some of the excitement and realism of the inter-



actions.





     A Sample Round



     Early in the Round participants are reviewing their com-



puter output and trying to order their possible actions into



priorities..



     Economic decision-makers will probably bid on unowned



land or acquire desirable land from other participants, attempt



to secure loans from local or outside bankers, apply for zoning



changes, request utility expansions, and pressure for expanding



highway access.
                           16

-------
     Simultaneously, social decision-makers may be bargaining



for higher wages,  requesting improvements in local schools and



municipal services,  and trying to promote the politicians who



offer a favorable  platform for upcoming elections.



     The government officials are receiving the requests from



economic and social decision-makers to lower taxes, improve



the schools, provide better municipal services, expand high-



ways in several different directions, to build additional



utility facilities,  enlarge the park system, and, possibly,



to lower bus and rapid rail fares while improving services.



     Naturally, the budget officials are faced with the dif-



ficult task of finding sufficient revenue to meet the expanding



public needs and dividing the local appropriations pie among



the many departments — all of which have attempted to justify



expanded budgets.



     Midway in the Round a majority of the decision-makers



realize that all their desires will not be fulfilled.  They



will have to make trade-offs and bargains.



     The elected officials begin to worry about staying in



office.  The departments attempt to make do with sub-optimal



appropriation levels.  The assessment office tries to minimize



the public resistance to changing assessments.



     The low-income representatives endeavor to marshall some



political clout.  The high-income representatives attempt to



maintain their status.
                            17

-------
     Businessmen look for shortcut methods of reducing their



losses and increasing their activity in profit-making ventures,



     Toward the end of the Round the participants seal the



bargains they have struck; continue to make decisions for



the computer to act on; finish negotiations on construction



contracts, new wage levels, new prices, and new rents; spend



current and capital appropriations; allocate leisure time to



various activities; carry out boycotts; and complete any of



the other possible actions.



     At the Round's end, the participants may campaign and



carry out new elections, hold town meetings, debrief their



actions, and/or take a rest break while the computer is pre-



paring a new printout showing how the metropolitan area re-



sponded to their decisions.





     The Director



     The director of a play of the City Model may select the



starting city configuration used by the participants, change



a number of conditions in the city before the start of play,



and have a continual effect on the play through the use of the



many director options.  These options are described briefly



in Figure 3.



     The game director may select one of several initial



starting configurations representing rural and urban areas of



varying sizes.  In determining what city to use, the director
                            18

-------
                                              DIRECTOR  OPTIONS
                                                                                FIGURE 3
H
vo
       Decision Type and/or
       Director Option for
       Pre-Round 1 Adjustments
Sector
Directly
Affected
         Basic Results of Action
       Vary number of in-migrantsi/   Social
                Population by class  Increased or stabilized
       Choose construction facility   Economic,
         Local Construction Industry  Government
                Round lag for completion of construction projects
                (each takes one year  to build).   Player  operation
                of CI including:   negotiation of contracts;  local
                employment, etc.   Local CI is .jiioice  unless
                director specifies otherwise.
       Construction, Demolition^/
       Cash Transfer
       Cash Transfer
Economic,
Government
Developed area  of city is changed.
Economic
Round 1 cash  balance can be altered.
usually leads to more developments.
More cas
Government      Operating subsidies  provided or great  budgetary
                pressure applied  to  departments.
       Public Land  (Preempt)
       Decisions normally under
       player control
Economic
Land made  either undevelopable  or  open for develop-
ments if land  was previously  undevelopable.
Social,         Alter use indices  (change employment);  wage and/or
Economic,       price structure  changed;  improve or  hamper public-
Government      services, etc.
        Since the migration  routine is first operated  at  the beginning of  round  2,  this director
        option may first be  exercised during LDIT before  round 2.

       -Decision-maker for v.-hor.i construction and/or demolition is boinq cent r.ve tu.i  ;-'.;r;t Lave-  .-:;.'.: K- 1<,-!, *„
        funds in .iiK ac'JC'jr:t .   ,-oto that in none of tiic-  F;tart i no I-IM* ;" i •-...}-.: •_ i v .•.:-•  .;•".;.  .II.Y .•..;.. • : .."   :.
        i J iLius tr v ha v<_' on t s "cai;u i :.•;  cun trac L.s i i i iC 1 LK; i ;K;  t; //  O_ t..- i v,c.') .    : ... ,  .•.:;.•.'.   : :   •'...•  . .: , i.
        (l--'>ui!u J i.[>i\ > , ].:• con.--, t ruction ir.dust-ry v/i ; '  recc/i-.'L.  inc ;••.;•  ,  - v  v. i ". .  •• •  :  :   : " •  I  • ;•  : •
         ii.i'-u.u   i:  i rv.i]Ri J  ii.  I;,L  case of VLSC L or in i;;ounci  1 :i; t: •  .- i.'.   •:"  ..  -. \ .

-------
considers the factors summarized in Figure 3, which describe



the varying sizes and scales of optional cities.





     Decisions in the City Model



     The model's vastness may be illustrated by the type of



decisions available to its users.  While it is not the pur-



pose to fully discuss the model here, the description below



gives an idea of the model's comprehensiveness.



     Economic decision-makers may make any or all of the fol-



lowing decisions during any round of action:



     Bid on and Possibly Purchase Land Owned by Real Estate



Interests That are Simulated by the Computer.  Each round,



several parcels of this outside-owned land is put up for auction



and sold to the local decision-makers (economic or government)



who bid the largest amount over the asking price.  Other out-



side owned parcels of land are sold to the local decision-



makers (economic or government) who bid the largest amount over



the asking price.  Other outside owned parcels of land are sold



to participants who bid on them and purchase them on a prob-



ability basis that is affected by the location of the land and



the amount of the bid.



     Purchase Land from Other Local Decision-Makers.  Land may



be transferred between local decision-makers under mutually



agreeable conditions.
                           20

-------
     Borrow Money from Outside Lenders, or Borrow or Lend



Money.   The interest rate on outside loans is influenced by



national business conditions, whereas the interest rate on



local loans in mutually determined by lender and borrower.



     Transfer Cash to the Account of Any Other Economic or



Governmental Decision-Maker.  A cash transfer has no strings



attached as far as the computer is concerned.  Participants must



themselves enforce any conditions attached to cash transfers.



     Build (or Demolish)  One of the Eleven Economic Business



Land Uses on an Unowned Portion of a Parcel of Land.  Each of



the businesses has specific land requirements, utility service



requirements, and zoning qualifications that must be satisfied



before development can take place.  Construction can be carried



out by a local construction industry (CI) through negotiations



with an economic decision-maker that owns a CI or by an outside



CI at 30 percent above normal development costs.



     Change the Maintenance Level of Economic Activities.



The maintenance level measures the amount of upkeep and main-



tenance that is performed on plant and equipment.  A low main-



tenance level means that the owner is not willing to spend



much money to keep the business in a state of hich maintenance.



The economic effectiveness of a business increases with a high



maintenance level.
                           21

-------
     Change Salary to Employees.   Owners of basic industry
(HI, LI, and NS)  and commercial establishments (BG,  BS,  PG,
and PS)  and the construction industry (CI)  hire labor force.
The number and type of workers hired may be affected by  the
salary level offered.
     Change Rent Charged to Residents of Housing Units.   Owners
of residences (RA, RB, and RC) set rent levels for potential
residents.  The rent level affects the number and type of
residents living in a housing unit during any given round.
     Change Prices at Commercial Establishments.  Owners
of BG, BS, PG, and PS establishments set a price for a unit
of goods or services sold.  The amount of sales is a function
of the price as well as the amount of potential customers and
competitive suppliers.  Owners of CI establishments negotiate
the costs of construction with interested developers.
     Boycott Shopping at BG and BS Establishments.  The owners
of economic activities that purchase goods and services from
BG and BS establishments may refuse  for any reason they wish
to buy from particular establishments.

     Social Sector Actions
     Social decision-makers receive  computer output at the be-
ginning of each round of play.  The  social output lists by
population class the place of residence, educational level,
voter registration, dissatisfaction  index, income, expenditures,
and time allocation for the population units controlled by each
social decision-maker.
                            22

-------
     Participants review their social status and make deci-



sions for the coining round as to how they will vote, allocate



time, and boycott so that they can change their elected officials,



income/ education level, dissatisfaction index, or any other



set of objectives they wish to achieve.



     Vote for Elected Officials and Local Referenda.  Social



decision-makers have voting power that is dependent upon the



number of population units they control by income class, the



voter registration levels of their population units  (based on



the amount of time spent in political activity), and the amount



of campaign donations.



     Allocate Leisure Time Among Four Types of Activity.



Social decision-makers allocate 100 units of time for each



population class to a combination of four activities:  extra



work, adult education (free or pay), politics, or recreation.



Any time spent in transportation to work is automatically



deducted from the 100 units of time.  Time units allocated



to extra work or education which is not actually spent in one



of the uses (either because extra work was not available or



because public adult education was not available) then becomes



involuntary time and causes the dissatisfaction index to rise.



     Evaluate a Unit of Time in Terms of Money.  Social



decision-makers place a dollar value on a unit of time for each



of the population classes.  The computer then uses this dollar
                            23

-------
value of time and adds it to the dollar cost of travel by mode
to achieve an overall minimum cost when assigning modes of
transportation to population units going to work locations.
     Boycott Jobs, Stores/ or Modes of Travel.  Social de-
cision-makers have an option to refuse to have any of their
population units work at any employment location, shop at any
personal goods or services establishments, or use the bus or
rapid rail systems to travel to work.
     One of the most important indicators of social welfare is
the dissatisfaction index.  This index for a population unit
increases if there is a decrease in the quality of the unit's
housing, if the unit is not served by local schools or muni-
cipal services, if its local taxes are excessively high, if
rents are above normal, if the population unit is unemployed
or under-paid, and if the unit has involuntary uses of time.
High dissatisfaction leads to migration either to another part
of the metropolitan area where dissatisfaction will decline or
to the outside system.
     Government Sector Functions.  Government decision-makers
are either elected (chairman and councilmen) or appointed
(assessment, school,  municipal services, highways, and planning
and zoning departments).  Governmental decision-makers may also
be in charge of the utility, bus and/or rapid rail departments
if they are publicly operated.  Each of the governmental de-
cision-makers (designated by CH for chairman, CO for councilman,
AS for assessment, SC for schools/ MS for municipal services,
                             24

-------
HY for highways,  PZ for planning and zoning, UT for utilities,



BU for bus, and RR for rapid rail, respectively)  receives



computer output at the beginning of a round.  Participants



review this output for the current round and future rounds.



The following decisions may be made by the indicated decision-



makers .



     Allocate Capital and Current Funds, Subsidies, and/or



Cash to Each Department. - Chairman and Council.   Each depart-



ment has expenses that must be paid for with funds appropriated



through the budget process.



     Change Tax Rates on Land/ Developments, Resident Income,



Employee Income,  Resident Auto Expenses, Employee Auto Ex-



penses, Sale of Goods and Sale of Services. - Chairman and



Council.  Local tax revenue comes from taxes levied on a com-



bination of the eight tax bases.



     Set the Level of Welfare Payments - chairman and council.



Unemployed population units receive unemployment compensation



at the rate designated by the local elected officials.



     Change Assessments - assessment department.   Assessments



can be changed for special assessment zones, the rate of assess-



ment increase, and the assessment ratio on land and develop-



ments.



     Purchase or Bid on Land - school, municipal services,



highways, planning and zoning, utility, bus and rapid rail



departments.  Land is required for public buildings, rights-



of-way, and parkland.
                             25

-------
     Condemn Land - school and highway departments.  Owners of



land that has been condemned may appeal the condemnation.



Final settlement is made by the chairman and council.



     Change Employment Level - school and municipal services



departments.  The number of population units hired as teachers



and government workers may be changed in response to the needs



of the community.



     Change the Maintenance Level of Buildings or Equipment -



school, municipal services, highways, bus and rapid rail de-



partments.  The maintenance level affects the effectiveness



of government facilities.



     Make Contracts for BG and BS Purchases - school, municipal



services, highways and rapid rail departments.  These depart-



ments may specify the establishments from which they wish to



purchase goods and services.



     Request Federal-State Aid for Capital Expenditures -



school, highways, and planning and zoning departmenrs.  Federal-



state aid for current expenditures is allocated on the basis



of population for the school and municipal services depart-



ments .



     Change Boundaries - school and municipal services depart-



ments.  Students and population units are served by the facili-



ties provided for their district.  The district boundaries



may be changed to take into account population dynamics.
                           26

-------
     Change Zoning - planning and zoning department.  A master



plan may be implemented using the zoning powers of the local



government.



     Change Mass Transit Routes - bus and rapid rail depart-



ments.  The location, direction and amount of bus and rapid



rail service may be changed by the appropriate authorities.



     Set Mass Transit Fares - bus and rapid rail departments.



Fares may be established on a per passenger, per zone, or per



mile travelled basis.



     Construct or Demolish Buildings or Transportation Linkages



school, municipal services, highways, utilities, and rapid rail



departments.  Construction may be performed by local con-



struction industries at negotiated prices or by outside con-



struction industries at fixed prices.



     Add or Change the Level of Utility Service - utility



department.  The amount of utility services (power, water,



sewerage, etc.)  that can be supplied to a parcel of land is



dependent on the level of utility service provided.
                           27

-------
                          Chapter V
                        The Meetings

     For the first and second meetings with the participants
we met to discuss problems with  the study and to try to dis-
cover methods of improving the runs.  The third meeting was
summarial and merely focused on  the task itself.
     The discussions were carried out very informally with a
representative of NSF present.   Following are some of the
topics discussed.

A.   There did not appear to be  any easy method of intro-
     ducing the material contained in the model.  We loaned
     the participants two film documentaries of the games
     produced by NBC.  Further,  we made available
     a number of slides and tried to teach the participants
     how to introduce the model.

     As a result, the first few  months of the run were a
     tribute to the tenacity and integrity of the profes-
     sors as they stumbled and fought their way through the
     model with the students.  The second time around was
     considerably easier as the  professors devised their own
     teaching formats and personalized the introductory
     lectures.  One professor devised his own visuals of the
     City and his students produced a video tape designed
     to teach the model.
                            28

-------
B.   All of the participants had to change the reading lists



     assigned to their courses. They found that the syllabus



     used previously was no longer adequate to incorporate



     the breadth of subject matter covered with the laboratory.



C.   They all found that the model ran best when the political



     leader was dynamic and aggressive.  Also, unless the pro-



     fessor began to make active use of the model to demon-



     strate theories or to allow innovative decision-making,



     the students became bored because they hud learned  many



     of the mechanics of the model by the fourth or fifth



     round.



D.   The students tended to take over the lab as a source



     of self-study.  One theme became clear:  there should



     be a central laboratory which would allow students  and



     professors continuous access to the model, regardless



     of course.



E.   The users felt that there was a need for more information



     which was not provided by the model.  Consequently, every-



     one used a form of mass media, including one or more news-



     papers and a video tape.



F.   The model was too much for the professors to run them-



     selves; consequently, each professor had to obtain  help



     from the participating students or faculty or assign one



     of their graduate students to the project.
                         29

-------
G.   All of the users found that the model ran better the



     second time if a general goal or strategy for the



     students was pre-assigned.



H.  . There were a number of difficulties with misunderstood



     or mispunched input cards on one hand and poor turn-



     around on the other.



I.   There was a general need for a visual of some sort to be



     used by the players so that they could see the



     importance of their decisions.



J.   At the end of the first meeting, the users discovered



     that they had only played the game from one of an in-



     finite number of possible starting positions.  They all



     opted to continue with the same starting position rather



     than a new one, however, as they did not feel confident



     enough to tackle a quantum jump in complexity so early



     in the game.  One professor did continue his city devel-



     opment rather than begin again.








K.   The professors all ended with a feeling that use of the



     model would be a part of the next year's courses and that



     it would not be difficult to run.  The amount of time that



     they were required to expend to learn the model was



     considerable.  In fact, one or two said they might not



     have taken part in the project had they known that it
                             30

-------
     would have taken so much time.  However, at the end of



     the project,  they felt that the time expenditure was



     well worthwhile.



L.   A social science laboratory is to remain at least at



     three of the  schools and is to be used not only to teach



     students but  is being spread to the local community for



     use in action programs and local education.





     In summary, the problems with the program were all tech-



nical rather than  substantive.  The professors chosen did



not all have prior experience with games; indeed most had never



used a model.  They came from a variety of disciplines and



faced graduate and undergraduate students, in small as well



as large numbers.



     In the sections to follow are their own reports, unedited,



although they were all asked to follow a similar format.  In



spite of the fact that the professors all started with the same



introductory City and were asked to loosely  follow a single



format, the individualism which grew out of  the study is most



striking.  This finding, like the others, is highly pleasing



and helps to attest to the success of the idea of a single



laboratory, which obviously can be used by different professors



without placing them in a situation of artificial constraint.
                              31

-------
     The reports range in emphasis from how the professor



used the laboratory, to additions which students made, and



finally, to the validity and usefulness of the tool.  Again,



these reports stressed the richness of this technique.
                           32

-------
              CHAPTER VI


    BLUE CITY ON A GREEN LANDSCAPE:

   A (AKEN G-SIMULATION AT DARTMOUTH
    A Report to Envirometrics, Inc.

           Washington, D. C.
            John W. Sommer
        Department of Geography
Urban Studies and City Planning Program
           Dartmouth College
        Hanover, New Hampshire
                   33

-------
               BLUE CITY ON A  (KEEN LANDSCAPE
              A GAMING-SIMULATION AT DARTMDUTH

                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                        Page

PART I
INTRODUCTION                                              35

PART II
Course Descriptions                                       37
Geography 10                                              37
Geography 52                                              39
Summary                                                   41

PART III
THE DYNAMICS OF THE MDDEL'S USE:                          42
INTRODUCTION                                              42
Trend of Play                                             46
Economic Sector                                           47
Government Sector                                         55
General Trends of Play                                    63

PART IV
CONCLUSIONS                                               64

Appendix 2
Geography 10                                              68

Appendix 3
Urban Geography                                           72

Appendix 4
Geography 52                                              75

Appendix 5
Student Projects                                          93

Appendix 6
The Munificent Hexagon                                    94

Appendix 7
Blue City Videotape                                     102

Appendix 8                                              103

Appendix 9                                              111

Appendix 10                                             120

Appendix 11                                             122
                               34

-------
                                PART I






                            INTRODUCTION:





     During the past five years there have been few teaching members




of Academia who have discovered themselves to be immune to the urgent




press for new, exciting,  teaching innovations.  This past demi-decade




has thrust an entertainment-jaded student generation into the university




classroom where many of them believe they have paid to be amused,as well




as educated.  The response of the teacher to this set of expectations




has fallen somewhere between a national tragedy and a national scandal:




that is, many university faculty have sought "relevance" through "podium




rhetoric" or the studied adoption of the stuttering phrases of the youth




culture, rather than through presentation of their philosophical justi-




fications for the kinds of knowledge they purvey.  The extensive "know-




ledge-shaming" and "instant-erudition" that infuses so many campuses




today is unfortunate, and dangerous to the reputation of Academia as a




haven for unfettered learning.




     In recognition of the problem of exciting  this generation of students




with the quest for knowledge, and doing this without sacrificing some




heavily paid-for scholarly traditions, I sought to introduce some changes




in the Urban Studies and City Planning Program at Dartmouth College




(Appendix I).  As the new head of the Program in 1969 I had been made




aware of the CITY I gaming-simulation developed by the individuals who




later founded ENVIROMETRICS INC. I then participated in a round of CITY I




in Washington and decided that the gaming-simulation had enormous merit




as an effective teaching device.  For us at Dartmouth, the prospect of
                               35

-------
utilizing a gaming-semulation model to complement our urban field




programs (in Boston and Montreal) seemed ideal.  From this  initial contact




my participation in the project unfolded.  I had no previous experience




with modeling.




     Our Urban Studies Program has more than one-hundred "concentrators"




(they major in a discipline) but we have the capability of placing only




about fifteen a year into an actual city environment.  Some students




chafed at the difficulty of "doing urban studies" in a rural area and




raised some valid objections to our normal curriculum.  Most of the




students (largely majors in geography, political science, or sociology)




take at least six courses from our program, but among these we had few




offerings other than the survey and seminar type.  The CITY MODEL offered




us some new, valuable opportunities, and we seized them.  This was done by




inserting the gaming-simulation into our regular curriculum.




     This report describes the experience we have had with the BLUE CITY




sequence of the CITY II model during this academic year 1970-1971, where




I employed the gaming-siraulation in two distinct courses.  Part II of




this report describes the courses in which it was employed, including




their structures and educational goals.  Part III presents some tenative




analysis of the dynamics of our play during both courses, and Part IV




hazards some conclusions about the use of the CITY MODEL in undergraduate




education from our experience at Dartmouth College.  An extensive set of




appendices accompany this text.
                                36

-------
                               PART II




                          Course Descriptions






     Mode st flexibility in our curriculum and course content allowed us




to employ the CITY MODEL immediately in two courses, however some serious




constraints were introduced by our short term (10 weeks), the schedule




of class hours which are difficult to rupture, and the responsibility




to cover certain materials in our courses which are not within the context




of the CITY MODEL.  These constraints, as well as the manifold possibilities,




operated differently in the two courses in which the model was employed.




     This portion of the report treats with Geography 10, The City of




The Future (a freshman seminar, during the Fall), and Geography 52,




Urban Geography  (an advanced lecture course during the Spring).  Students




from two other courses, as well as some non-course individuals took part




In the gaming simulations:  during the Geography 10 rounds sixteen of




Professor Frank Smallwood's students from Government 31, Urban Govern-




ment and Politics, took part in the play.  During the Winter two experi-




mental rounds were run (and later regretted) with Geography 42, a course




in theoretical geography.








Geography 10   (See Appendix 2 for Bourse outline).




     This freshman seminar was the first I had taught and also the first     :




college course for the sixteen men in the class.  The aim of the course




was to' introduce these students to a seminar style of schooling as well




as to the general content of urban studies.  A disciplined structure was




played down rather than emphasized.  Some provocative readings were




selected for discussion and the City Model was employed to help students
                                37

-------
act out ideas they were beginning to acquire, or had previously acquired


about the city.


     The course met twice a week for two hours, thereby allowing us the


minimum time needed to complete a play of the model.  In fact, I bargained


with the students to have all of our other classes last 100 minutes if they


would set aside 200 minutes whenever we ran the model.  Generally, this

       /
time trade-off was successful with the freshman, but it was somewhat less


successful with the students from Government 31 who were, in effect,


being excused from three, ten page book review assignments for this parti-


cipation in the model.  A few of these students believed the time trade-


off was weighted against them despite their interest in the gaming-simu-


lation.

                                                                      i
     The model was run six times during the term, or roughly every fourth


class period.  This allowed for about ten days between runs, which was


good from the point of view of physical turn-around time from Envirometrics,


but it was judged poor by the students, whose interest flagged while


waiting for the return of the computer output.  Two formal discussions of


the model were scheduled during the term, not including the introduction


of th<» model but these discussions focused more on the dynamics of the


play than on the driving mechanisms of the Model.   The fact that these


mechanisms were not wholly accessable to us was not important during the


Fall when we even failed to make full use of the information provided in


the City Manual, but during the Spring this circumstance became more of


a problem with the advanced students who wanted to test some hypotheses.
                                  38

-------
     Students were told at the beginning of the term that their parti-




cipation in the Model would count for one-quarter of their final grade.




This proved to be a greatly subjective element of the grading process




because it was difficult to follow what each person was doing to arrive




at his interactions and decisions.   This was not troubling intellectually




but it did raise a question about mixing the nature of the course -




particularly for the larger Geography 52 course in the Spring Term.









Geography 52  (See Appendix 3 for Course outline)




     Urban Geography is a lecture course which accomodates 40-50 students.




Because it is a "core curriculum" course in our Urban Studies Program




almost all of the students have had at least one urban studies course before




taking Geography 52.  Unfortunately, only about half of the students have




had a course in geography.  These circumstances sometimes make for a slow




"lift-off" for the course because "in-filling" is required for the non-




geographers.




     The course meets three times a week 9:05 a.m. to 10:20 a.m. but again




I was successful in trading-off the Saturday meeting of the class for a




Tuesday evening meeting from 6:30 - 8:00 in order to run the model;  in




fact we never finished a Tuesday session before 9:30 p.m., a situation that




created some problems in the latter part of the term.




     I have given this course a half-dozen times and the aims of the course




have been to introduce urban studies students to the spatial aspects of




urban phenomena, and to provide geography students an intellectual arena




in which to test ideas of the spatial organization of human activities.
                                  39

-------
There  is some responsibility to cover  certain materials in the course




for  the sake of both the Urban Studies Program,  and  the Geography




Department, therefore there is less  room  for experimentation than in a




Freshman Seminar.




     Required readings for the course  were not extensive, but each




student was provided with supplementary reading  lists and asked to con-




sult them regularly (See Appendix 4  for reading  lists).  Both the re-




quired and suggested readings were designed to support discrete lectures




and general topics respectively.  There was no assigned reading on games,




simulation, or modeling, although some of the students sought references




on these subjects by the end of the  term, even to the point of creating




some of their term projects along gaming  lines.  (See Appendix 5 for




list of student projects dealing with  games, simulations and modeling).




The readings, then, were not specifically designed to support the use of




the CITY MODEL, but it was believed  that  ideas from  the reading would come




into play if they were perceived as  useful.




     THE CITY MODEL was used as a supportive, "imploding" element in the




Geography 52 course.  My participation in the Model was greater during these




rounds than those run during the Fall, but in general I remained in the




role as a technical assistant, organizer, and manager.  This was planned,




but it would have been forced on me anyway simply by the pressure of




handling the details of the Model.




     Our scheduled discussions about the  CITY MODEL during the Spring




were more analytical and comparative than those in the Fall for the obvious




reason of experience with the model as well as a more advanced group of
                                   40

-------
students.  These discussions were often speculative with respect to the




nature of the model but frustrating because we knew that J:he model would




remain an "opaque substance" until we could truly subject it to experi-




ments.




     Grading participation in the Model was no less easy for Geography 52




than for Geography 10, especially since three of the forty-one students




could not meet at the newly scheduled hour, but this situation was solved,




In part, by introducing a new, and very exciting gaming-examination called,




THE MUNIFICENT HEXAGON (See Appendix 6 for the Introduction and Rules).




Along with employment of the Model itself this examination provoked more




favorable reaction among students than anything I have experienced during




my teaching career.









Summary:




     The City Model was employed as an integral part of two distinct




courses during the academic year 1970/1971.  No course could be specifi-




cally designed to focus solely on the Model.  Insecurity over my own




abilities to direct a full model-based course, and insecurity introduced




by having to rely on an outside source (ENVIROMETRICS) for the conduct of




the course were too great to allow for unrestrained investment.  It is my




conclusion from considering the course structures of both Geography 10




and Geography 52 (in light of the goals of these courses, within the




context of the Geography Department, and Urban Studies Program,) that a




new course needs to be designed to employ fully the potentialities of the




City Model, and other urban garaing-simulations.  Such a course was designed







                                  41

-------
for our summer school 1971 and successfully operated.  It is hoped that




this success will carry over into our regular curriculum- on an experi-




mental basis during 1971/1972, and regularly after that.  Part III that




follows examines the dynamics of the use of the Blue City sequence at




Dartmouth, and although there will be many points of comparison between




Geography 10 and Geography 52 rounds, much of the commentary is melded




observation.







                              PART III




          THE DYNAMICS OF THE MODEL'S USE:  INTRODUCTION AND TRENDS





INTRODUCTION:




    The introduction of the City Model is undoubtedly the most difficult




aspect of its use because this is the point of ultimate ignorance of the




players, most of whom have not gamed before.  There is a real tension




between the need to introduce the model, despite its massive and complex




characteristics, and the need to allow play to proceed without the game-




master introducing his own biases into the group of players.   It is




significant that players and professor alike perceived this to be the




crucial point of the model's use and strived together to make it more




readily understandable to later players by creating a videotape intro-




duction (See Appendix 7).   It is worthwhile discussing some aspects of




the introduction of the model before proceeding to an analysis of play.




    It is obvious that the gaming experience of most college  students




is limited,  so the starting point for this kind of education  is assumed




to be zero.   Unfortunately, after reading the City Manual  (version of
                                42

-------
August, 1970) the student's knowledge about the model, gaming, and his


role in the gaming-simulation, did not increase greatly.  Two reasons


account for this:  first, that version of the manual was not very clear


and the errata were numerous; second, it was difficult for the student


to believe that he was required "to learn" the Manual for the purpose


of a game.  Specifically, that version of the Manual desperately needed


cross-referencing to speed up the student's ability to finr* out what he


needed in discrete situations.  In a few cases where errata existed (and


were soon thereafter corrected by Envirometries, Inc.) the most serious


players became confused.   Probably as important a factor was the failure


of many players to familiarize themselves fully with the Manual before


convening for the first play.  They did their homework later, after they


discovered the gaming-simulation to be a serious matter.


     It was very important to employ the scenario walk-throughs provided
                                                                  1

by Envirometrics prior to our first run;  now the more recently developed


"Thumbnails" may give added support for the initiates.  There was a great


.deal of fumbling in the beginning of play and some guidance and suggestion


was necessary simply to inform players of what they could do.


     A serious question must be raised about the "inflection state" of


the model because it was discovered that the original board layout and


the brief scenario provided  go a long way toward determing later play


and later configurations.  For this reason I believe that the gamemaster


should be especially careful when deriving a scenario, in order not to


predicate the  play.  Normally the raison d'etre of the original scenario


is expunged by the end of three rounds of play but there are certainly
                                   43

-------
 locational decisions and human interactions produced by the original




 scenario  that linger much longer.  It was discovered too that in a simu-




 lated  decade of play the land use did not shift markedly, so one can




 assert that the original board layout had much to do with later play.




 This phenomenon of conservation, or pattern maintenance, was generally




 unruptared until "end-game phenomena" took over and players became more




 speculative.




     The  actual preparation for play at Dartmouth involved the following




 steps:    a)  an introductory lecture on the game, preceded by a reading




 assignment, b) display of materials,  c) assigning of teams and roles.




 The introductory lecture involved a discussion of gaming, a description




 of the three sectors and their output, and a demonstration of interrelated-




 ness in the model, using the processes of migration, employment and




 commerce  as examples.  It was explained to the players that the gamemaster




 could  not possibly answer all of their questions and that it was incumbent




 upon them to work out most of their problems alon e   Most of the students




had read  the manual (but not carefully), before the lecture and many




elementary questions were asked at this session.




     Following the lecture the class was made to walk around the game room




 (which later acquired the name, URBAN/REGION SIMULATION LABORATORY), to




examine the "public information" from the first round of the game, stopping



at each set of data sheets (e.g. Personal Goods materials) and discussing




some kinds of interactions that were revealed in the data.  This excerise




never was as successful as I had hoped it would be because the players




seemed to ignore cuch of the data that were provided them, yet persisted




in asking questions for which data were available.
                                   44

-------
     Teams were then assigned, largely on the basis of preference.  In


some cases a flip of a coin was used to assign persons whose preferences


were in conflict.  During th« Fall Term I put an older student with a
                                  •^

younger student, and during the Spring Term I put experienced players


with inexperienced players irrespective of age or class.  This strategy


worked well, as evidenced by the close cooperation and friendship that


developed among players.  In all cases players were assured that sometime


they would play a different role.  This assurance was not possible to


honor in all cases but a real attempt was made without any feelings being


ruffled.


     It was extraordinarily fortunate that we had the use of a set of


rooms, particularly one large game room, for the duration of the model's


use.  Two walls of our main room were cork board and one was chalk board,


thereby facilitating information flow.  The game information could be left


on the walls during the inter-play periods and the team data sheets could


be kept nearby for ready  consultation. A 75" x 75" game board was mounted


on one wall and it proved to be the focus of attention in much of the play.


This board, and another developed by one of the students (shown in the


videotape), were used for large scale planning by each sector.  During


the second set of runs a new position was created — that of Boardmaster,


whose main job was to provide immediate and accurate representation of


changes in the configuration of the patterns displayed on the board.


This player also did a landuse summary at the end of play.


     Aside from the large room with movable tables and chairs, three


other rooms were available most of the time and these proved useful for
                                    45

-------
private meetings of the different sectors, indeed, during the second set




of runs each sector was assigned a different  room.  One central room




had  two teletype terminals tied into our  computer system; these were




used by players to leave messages for one another after we developed a




safeguarded Message Center system.




     Such were the conditions of introduction to the play and to the




•physical surroundings of the gaming area.  Considering the lack of a true




gaming center we did well to find and use these kinds of facilities which




aided the introduction of the Model, as well  as they facilitated play.




The  need for better introductory procedures was still felt early in the




second set of plays, and a group of six students took on a special project




of developing a videotape introduction to the model.  The tape developed




was  technically sound and highly informative.  The tape was played for




more than 120 delegates vho came from all over the United States to attend




a Conference on Computers in Undergraduate Curricula,  held at  Dartmouth




during late June.  The tape was accompanied by a talk on urban gaming




models, especially the City Model.  The tape  and talk were warmly received




and  should generate many inquiries to Envirometrics.  The tape was also




used to introduce a Summer School class to the model, and although it seemed




to help launch the play it is too soon to assess the results.









Trend of Play:




     The trend of play differed radically from the Fall run of the model




to the Spring run;  the difference may be characterized as a shift from




idealism to realism, from cooperation to  competition, from "getting it







                                 46

-------
together", to just plain "getting it".  Certainly there are many reasons


for this shift but I have been able to identify only three with surety.

                                                         •
One, the model, with its pre-digested scenario became the object toward


which competition was directed and students pulled together to beat the


"given" system.  Two, an unusually charismatic student leader was the Fall


term chairman., and he chose to try to pull all elements of the city to-


gether.  Three, during the Spring term we began play with the three sectors


In different rooms rather than together (as was done during the Fall),  and


the result was heightened suspicion between sectors.  In addition, by Spring


Term the experienced players gravitated toward the roles of the economic


sector, leaving the social sector relatively poorly staffed.


     Due to some special circumstances of play the evaluation that follows


Is comparative, that is, over the period of four rounds the play from the


Fall Term and! the Spring Term were parallel rather than sequential.  Due


to a lost tape, at the beginning of the Spring Term it was necessary to


play rounds 4 through 7 over again.  At first this was perceived as a


problem but later it was considered an asset because it afforded the


possibility of reasonable comparison of play in a way that might not


otherwise have been achieved.  The economic and the government sectors


are formally compared here but the social sector activities are better


treated in a mon-formal sense because the most interesting activities


of the social sector were outside the model.


                *
Economic Sector:


     Through these two comparable runs, one can discern the differences


and similarities in behavior of economic sector players for each run and
*
                    5                            .
       Much of the economic sector evaluation was prepared by two student

       assistants.  Bill Price and Richard Schwager.
                                    47

-------
the underlying constant factors involved in  the CITY game itself.  Blue




City, in all respects, is a  small urban area, even as of Round 7:  there




is only one construction company, one business goods establishment and one




business services outlet.  There are only  two developments of each type




of national industry.  Even  in the  two personal services businesses and




three personal goods  outlets, these industries were plagued with recurrent




overcapacity problems in the face of slack social sector demand.  The




housing shortage also contributed to producing a demand for personal goods




and personal services that was less than it  could have been.  Blue City




would probably have been just as well off  with smaller and healthier PS




and PG.




     Data collection  was accomplished by separating each firm into its




individual business establishment components.  A complicating factor was




the floating of a negative 6 billion dollar  loan from E to B during the




 Fallj.970 Round 7.  Unscrambling the resulting maze of interest payments




and debt payments for each firm was quite  difficult.  The data was then




summed on two bases - firm-wide and industry wide, giving, for example,




summed results for Economic A and also for all RA.  The data collected




was chosen in an attempt to measure growth and profitability.   For an




individual business,  these two factors were respectively measured by




total sales/rent and  net income data.   For an industry of businesses,




these were summed for all of a particular business over all firms.   For




a firm of businesses, growth and profitability were measured respectively




by net worth and cash balance.  The resulting data was used to calculate




percentage changes to facilitate the detection of trends.   The basic data
                                   48

-------
was  also  used  to compute  a measure  of liquidity,  (total cash balance  -
                                                                      •


net  worth).  This was used to  indicate the extent of ready funds  on hand,

                                                          *

an indicator of growth potential  for  Blue City each round.   Growth, profit-



ability,  liquidity were finally compared with population by calculation



of correlation coefficients between the various measures, indicating  how



closely related some of the phenomena were in the underlying model, and



perhaps in an  actual city.



      A)  Data  & Graphs



      The  actual data accumulation involved a sector-by-sector account of



economic  decision-makers  A,B,C,E,F,G,  (D is missing due to the absence of



Old  Round data.)  An account was  made of the sales and net income of  these



6 sectors for  rounds 4 through 7  of both the original fall '70 runs  (by



Geography 10 and Government 31 students) and the  most recent spring'71



-runs (by  Geography 52 students).  This is data included as Appendix 8,



 (in  which all  values omit a (000) place.)



      An unscientific grasp of  the economic progress of Blue City  over



these four rounds can be  obtained from this data.   The "flow" or  total



economy shows  a steady rise in "net income",  or the value for "net



worth".   Among the steady improvers over time seem to be the 30 RA



units,  the 10  RB units, and the 6 RC  units, thus  increasing gains from



residential ownership.  The business  and industrial operations tend to



be more sporadic in their earnings, reflecting their crucial necessity



of frequently  varying sales, susceptibility to utility-tax-extra  costs



changes,  over-capacity, and dependence upon the mercurial social  sector



activities.





                                    49

-------
     These four factors are intuitively observed in those firms which




had sporadic gains - the one BG unit, the one Cl firm, and^ the two HI




industries.   They can also be seen in those which had slowly increasing




sales and incomes, were the two Li and two NS establishments; and




especially in those which suffered enough to lose money regularly - the




one BS firm, the two pathetic PS units, and the three PG firms.  To




single out a few glaring examples,... CI: the CI firm's sporadic gains




                                      resulted from a periodocity of




                                      demand and occasional utilization




                                      of the outside system for con-




                                      struction.




                            PS & PG:  These units combined $108 million




                                      deficit for New round 7  (vs.-$51




                                      million for old) come from a dis-




                                      tinct over-capacity, that is an




                                      ingrained underdemand for Blue




                                      City's needs, and harsh treatment




                                      by the Social Sector on whom they




                                      rely completely.




     Other results derive from this data and the graphs drawn for sectors




E,F,G, included as "Appendix 9".  The Old round data and graphed income




lines show a greater increase than the New round data, narrowly but




visibly.  Despite the fact that the two Rounds 4 were supposedly generated




equally, small discrepancies due to the random generators, and delayed




decisions created slightly different Round 4 base data.  However, this
                                    50

-------
 result is clear in the following comparison of the higher values or



ties between the two runs at two different periods.




               Round 4                    Round 7



           Old    New   Ties           Old   New   Ties



            16     12    5              21    10    2




     A visual check shows a greater improvement for the Old run between



rounds, a suspicion confirmed later by more careful analysis.




     B)  Charts & Correlations



     (1) Venturing into this more precise analysis, it was necessary to



invent some parameters to check the two Rounds' results over time.  Three



parameters were devised:



              Profitability as:  (net income) - (sales)



              Growth as: percent changes of values over time



              Liquidity as:  (cash balance) -  (net worth)
                                            •


Using these parameters, included as Appendix 10^clear changes and advances



become noticeable.



     In profitability, the ratios ranged from -.454 to +.357; advances



and declines mirror earlier guesses.  Oddly enough, the highest profits



came for RA, RE, RC for both Rounds' values; the unprofitable units were



for'PS, PG, and BS (Old only), an indication of their ponderous natures.



Low return units were the HI, LI, NS, and CI - about .1 to .2 for profit-



ability.  Comparing the Rounds' totals, 11 declines occurred for the



Old, to 9 for the New; so to compare,



              Round 4                     Round 7

             Old   New                   Old   New



              5     §                     65    higher profit ratios





                                 51

-------
Thus, the two Rounds show generally equal profitability.




     In growth, different results fall out of the data.  The net worth




change, cash balance change, and Blue City population change were analyzed




for round-to-round growth.  Over the three rounds, the relative growth




of Old population was greater than the growth of net worth, while the




net worth in the New rounds was relatively greater than the growth of




population.  For the Old runs, because the growth of net worth was



relatively less than the population growth, production failed to keep




pace with the population by 28 1/2% to 32%; conversely, for the New runs




production exceeded population narrowly, 33 1/2% to 33%.  But the inter-




esting growth pattern belongs to the cash balance change, important be-




cause it represents the firm's capacity to expand, improve, or build




(i.e., if you have a negative cash balance, no money-requiring venture




can be achieved, and economic decline is signalled).  Both Rounds/Runs




showed weighty declines from round 4 to 5, but Old runs1 rallied to




salvage an overall 13% increase;  New runs were plagued with failings




in the PS + PG units, which yielded an overall - 5 2/3% growth, or a




net decline in cash balance.  This single fact conveys the relative




unproductivity in the New runs, and a cause for malaise in Blue City




for spring '71.




     In liquidity, the 3rd parameter, the resulting ratios represent



the amount of funds in the net worth available for future expansion or




investment.   The values roughly parallel the growth and cash balance findings,




such that the New runs failed to reverse the progressive decrease in




liquidity over time.   Both Runs' fell from round 4 highs of .374 and
                                  52

-------
and  .411 to a low at round 5, but Old grew as New  fell further to .29




This "pr°gressivity" is illustrated below.
Despite the short period for examination, this drop in New's liquidity,




added to its troubles with cash balances, give the nod for general




economic health to the Old runs' productive capacity.





     (C)  To augment these results, and to help clarify the confusing




array of previous findings, it was necessary to try some correlation




coefficients.  These coefficients range from -1 to +1, with -1 represent-




ing perfect negative correlation (movement in opposite directions) and




+1 representing perfect positive correlation (movement in same directions




and at same degree).   The results are included in the Appendix 11.




     The correlations of the three parameters previously discussed.  The




profitability correlations for the Old vs. New Runs of rounds 4-7 re-




vealed high correlations for:  the 3 residences, the NS, U, BS, the PG
                                 53

-------
and CI firms; low correlations for:   the HI and BG and PS firms. These




results follow from earlier thoughts, representing similar management




(i.e. decision-makers') decisions for those eight high1 firms, or steady




rates of increase; the 'low* firms' came from industry's sporadic move-




ment (HI and BG) plus the Social Sectors' actions (PS).  In general,




the 6 firms' coefficients were greater  than +.9, thereby displaying a




remarkable similarity in decision-making operations with respect to




profitability.




     The growth correlations reveal much more on Blue City's progression




through the twin sets of rounds.  "Net worth's" +.425 value stems from




New's upturn from round 6-7 when Old hit a downturn, "Cash balance's"




high +.907 stems from a similar movement in values (despite Old's con-




sistantly higher values);  "Population's" near-perfect +.99 is to be ex-




pected if the twin Runs were equal, because population increased similarly




for both Runs.  The "liquidity correlations" substantiate the earlier




finding that the differing Runs possessed similar decreases in liquidity




through round 6 (the +.99 result), but had a divergence in round 7 (thus




the +.80 result).




     The cross correlations represent an attempt to analyze general




trends.  It is with these that interesting coefficients appear.  The




extremely high old "net worth" to Old "population" correlation of




+.998 represents a remarkable similarity in movement and growth, while the




New value of +.234 shows the dissimilar trends articulated earlier.  The




high negative value of -.952 for New "net worth" to New "cash balance"




further shows the negative trend of the cash balance movement, while
                                   54

-------
the -.53 for Old shows a mediocre relation in opposite ways.  In total,




these figures lead to several conclusions.




     D)  Conclusions




     (1) x a relative increase in the Old run liquidity and growth in




          cash balance points to its superior advantage in investment,




          building, and growth over the New run.




     (2)  high profitability correlations for almost every branch of




          the economy point to a general similarity of decisions and




          cognizance of the play of Blue City.




    - (3)  over all 4 rounds then, the Old runs enjoyed a better advantage




          for growth but both Runs exhibited similar decision-results,




          with the New runs exhibiting difficulties in its PS & PG units




          being the major difference;  thus the New fared well with




          what it had, and despite a negative growth in its cash balance




          (which, of course restricted activity.)









Government Sector:




     It was agreed by almost all of the government players who had ex-




perienced roles in other sectors that the Government sector was the most




demanding of their time and energy:  more people to deal with (often




aggregated at the end of the game period), more general responsibility




in decision-making that was taken seriously, constant pressure to bal-




ance diverse interests and to project a leadership image of its own all




contributed to the difficulty of play.  Although this sector has the




potential to be the most unstable of the three in "terms of personnel




it proved,to be remarkably stable.  In fact, once a player learned
                                 55

-------
 the mechanics and mores of a government role he was reluctant to re-


 linquish  it, even when the Chairman changed.  Moreover, the electorate


 and the new Chairman were always anxious  to retain most of the non-elected


 government officials from the previous regime..  All of this suggests that


 politics was relatively less important to the players than technocratic


 management, and this attitude induced a great deal of conservancy in the


 play.  In fact, over a cumulative total of fifteen rounds of play the


 government changed hands only twice,  and it is doubtful that it would


 have changed a single time without artificial outside pressure from the


 game director.  In the elective process there was almost no trading of


 votes for specific policies, and, in general there was very little in-


 terest in politics.  At some elections the incumbent had to be reminded


 to file for re-election, and in a half-dozen cases he ran unopposed and


was elected unanimously.


      Neither the Social Sector nor the Economic Sector put much pressure


 on the Government, but on the whole the Government was more  responsive


 to the requests of the Economic Sector.   There was virtually no bribery in


 the play.   The Social Sector players were generally too lost and dis-


 organized to pressure either sector.


      In a brief student analysis of selected departments of the govern-
                                                            \
ment where the student compared the Fall  and Spring terms of play he


discovered that aside from their obvious  correlations with population,


the rates  of growth of demand for both Utilities and Municipal Services


are both greater and steadier in the new  play than in the old.   The
*
  The analysis was carried out by William White.
                                    56

-------
graphs (Figures 1 & 2) show these rates of growth and compare them to




population growth.




      Figure 3 shows the tax structure in Blue City.  It does not include




such things as bus fares, utility billing, and bribes, which cannot be




counted as part of the total picture.  In both graphs, the Resident




Income Tax and Property Improvement Tax share a little over 75% of the




load.  The general structure is, in itself, no cause for discontent,




and thus has remained stable through the life of the model.




      Figure 4 is perhaps the most interesting of all, for it provides




some insight into the inner workings and intricacies of the model.  A




high use-index in the school system implies that the quality of public




schooling is somewhat low.   Therefore it is logical that the parents of




the children will put them where the quality of education is best.  In




the case of a high use-index, the number of children in public school




will be lower.  The printout numbers have been translated into per-




centages, where the number of children in public school is a percentage




of the total number of school-age children.  When the school system's




use-index is high,  a smaller percentage of children attend public




school.  The actual correlation is about -0.9.




      The fluctuations of use-index in the old play and its relative




calmness in the new play is directly attributable, again, to the longevity




of the "superintendents of schools."  A short period of "breaking in" is




necessary, as shown by the new play, where conditions have been improving




steadily since Round Five.
                                   57

-------
500,000
406,000  -
300,000
   7000
   fcOOO
  MS
    5OOO
                               6
                           Round
                                                      6500
5:500
                                                      4-500
                       FIGURE ORE
                           58

-------
                         MEW  PLAY
500,000
     5000
                                                   4-500
                        FIGURE TWO
                            59

-------
    PROPERTY IMPROVEMENT TA*
               5^.56%
RESIDENT
        TAX
 Z.3.61%

-------
                            TO
FIGURE POUR
    61

-------
       In  a  department by department break down for "services" for the

 two  runs  it is  possible to compare the differential development  of the

 two  plays.

                                  Rounds
 Highway

 Road Mantenance
  ($ Millions)
  Fall   Spring
  •~-LJ~~" '  (

  .987    1.09
 Average Depletion
  before Maintenance
Road Type
1
2
3
School
Hi Use Index
Lo Use Index
% Private Ed.
Unmet Adult
Education Demand
Municipal
Services

1.7
1.4
0.9

91
62
.164
2795




1.3
1.4
1.1

91
64
.129
2775



Hi MS Index         121
Lo MS Index         64
Welfare Payment $ 1200
Total Welfare $      0
         Fall   Spring

           1.11    1.19
               Fall   Spring

                1.62   1.52
2.0
1.3
1.0
200
68
.440
4705
1.4
1.6
1.1
200(?)
71
.409
4835
2.4
1.4
1.5.
91
73
.234
705
Fall  Spring

1.66   1.73
1.8
1.2
1.7
94
72
.287
0
2.1
1.2
1.6
92
64
.161
0
1.8
1.2
1.7
99
74
.280
1317
109
59
1200
0
101
89
1200
0
101
89
1200
0
128
90
1200
0 '
127
96
1200
0
128
93
1200
0
200
200
1200
0
Utilities

Hi Cost/Unit
  Plant
Lo Cost/Unit
  Plant
Charge ($1000)
8249   7323
7559
10.2
7197
 9.7
7589   7357    7456   7433   7998   7568

7354   6762   . 6736   7399   7048   7503
10.2    9.7    10.2    9.7   10.2    9.7
                                  62

-------
      One may conclude from a cursory examination of the data that over

the comparable four rounds there was considerable similarity in the

data for government "services" of Highways, Schools, Municipal Services

and Utilities.  No trend emerges that cannot be explained from population

increase in the Model.  This suggests that the continuity of government

decision making from the Fall term to the Spring term was maintained,

or that the Model is not very sensitive to the decisions from this

sector.



General Trends of Play:

      Observations of the extended play that was carried out by the Dart-

mouth group allows the following categorization of the trend of play:

                    Characteristic           Rounds

                      Confusion               1 and 2
                      Competence              3 and 4
                      Complacency.             4 and 5
                      Cognition               6 and beyond

      As noted above, there was general confusion for two rounds of play

as the participants frantically explored the Model.  This period was

characterized by great frustration at the seemingly overwhelming amount

of information to process and interactions to strive for.  Students often

pleaded for guidance and help and became angry if satisfactory advice  was

not forthcoming.

      This period of confusion was followed by a period of relative com-

petence in the game techniques and relative stability of play.  Questions

to the Director dropped off sharply and some innovations and unusual

combinations began to be formulated by a few players.   This situation
                                   63

-------
lasted for two rounds of play and was followed by one or two rounds of




bored complacency.  During this period the economic sector made money,




the social sector remained disorganized, and the government was not




pressed from any side.  There was a definite threat around rounds 4 and




5  that students would lose interest in play if no external pressures




were introduced.  In the Fall the social sector did induce a crisis by




threat of boycotts and physical damage, but even here this suggestion




came from a non-player.  In the Spring Term the Director induced a crisis




by asking the Envirometrics Staff for an increase in the dissatisfaction




index and for an economic depression.  The social crisis did occur but




the economic crisis did not.  It was the general lack of economic shortage




in the model relative to the perception of possibilities by the students




that contributed to complacency.  Some students did not grow in their




sophistication beyond the complacent stage although most of them tried




to mask their lack of interest.  Other students, more than half of the




players, became cognizant of a wider erena for action, a greater number of




possibilities, and a deeper meaning in the play of the game, all of which




gave them a "second wind" that carried beyond the termination of play.








                                PART IV





                             CONCLUSIONS




      Some of my conclusions are implicit in the foregoing remarks, how-




ever it is worthwhile to restate them explicity.




      1.    The experience of using the City Model has thoroughly convinced




           me that it is a superior learning device when used effectively:
                                   64

-------
      a greater percentage of a class is intellectually engaged in




      the gaming-simulation than is engaged in normal curricular




      offerings.  Obviously novelty has something to do with this




      but it goes deeper than that in the context of contemporary,




      conventional academic offerings.




 II.   The use of a complex model like Blue City requires  the build-




      ing of a course around it rather than leaving it on the




      periphery of a course.  From a teaching standpoint  I am no




      longer troubled by the prospect of making gaming-simulation the




      core technique in a course.  I would not, however,  risk the




      building of a regular curricular offering along these lines




      until I had secure access to the model on our own computer —




      indeed such a course would probably not pass through the




      curriculum committee (a necessary procedure for regular




      offerings at Dartmouth and most other Universitites) without




      assurances of the Model's immediate availability.




III.   The instructor should build the class up to the use of the




      City Model by using some simpler games so that the  gaming




      concept becomes more clearly fixed in the student's mind be-




      fore play begins.  This should be part of a general orientation




      to the Model and should be punctuated with lectures and dis-




      cussions.




 IV,   It is absolutely imperative that one or more assistants be




      engaged to help run the play and take care of the detailed work




      thereby allowing the teacher to be free to discuss  ideas with




      the students.
                                    65

-------
   V.   To be fully effective as a teaching device the students




        should be able to experiment with the model in some controlled




        fashion so that it passes from the realm of an engaging




        teaching tool into a true social science laboratory.




  VI.   The physical environment of the gaming area is very important




        to play.   Access to several rooms which do not conflict with




        other classes, and the flexibility of the rooms themselves




        are crucial.   There should be effective display space to show




        the public information of the model.   A large,up-to-date land




        use map is especially important.




 VII.   There must be a critical mass of players (which occurs at about




        twenty),  to have effective play;  my preference is for twice that




        number.  There must also be an extended enough period of play




        (number of rounds) to allow for responsible actions to evolve.




        The final round should not be divulged ahead of time so that




        "end-game phenomena" may be avoided.




VIII.   The more different kinds of people (age, race, education level)




        the more interesting and fruitful the learning experience of




        the play.




  IX.   Bugs in the model should be corrected as soon as possible be-




        cause their peristence has a deleterious effect on the play.




   X.   The Manual should be re-evaluated and revised as ways to clarify




        instructions are discovered.
                                66

-------
 XI.    Serious  evaluation  should  be made  of  the  influence of  the




       starting conditions of  the model on the end  result of  play.




       This  seems to be an important  area for social science  research,




XII.    Continued experimental  play such as that  carried out by  the




       six universitites would be useful  to  those responsible for




       the development  of  the  model - better still  would be the




       release  of the model to universities  with the capability to




       experiment with  it  and  to  elaborate further  its powerful




       teaching potential.
                                67

-------
          Appendix 2

           GEOGRAPHY 10
     THE CITY OF THE FUTURE
    Professor John W.  Soramer
         306 McNutt Hall
Wednesday and Friday At 10:30 a.m.
               68

-------
              The City of the Future
     This seminar is designed to do several things: to
inform you of contemporary urban life through the recent
writings of some social scientists;  to engage you in the
actual simulation of an urban area through the use of the
City Model;  to sharpen your writing ability through the
submission for criticism of several papers; to develop oral
expression by presentation of reports; and, to have some
fun while we do it.  Although our approach to this subject
must be eclectic there will be a noticeable emphasis on
the spatial expression of urban dynamics - this is what
the geographer brings to any discussion of the city.
     Below are the text requirements.  These will be supple-
mented by readings at the Reserve Desk at Baker Library.
         E. Banfield         The Unheavenly City
         H. Cox              The Secular City
         Daedalus            The Conscience of the City
         E. Hall             The Hidden Dimension
         G. Suttles          Social Order of the Slum
         Envirometrics       The City Manual  (See Professor Sommer)
Office:  301 McNutt.  Telephone 646-3117
Office Hours:  To be established early in the term.
                         69

-------
Schedule of Meetings:  *

     Friday, September^JlS-


     Wednesday,  September 30
     Friday,  October 2
     Wednesday,  October 7
     Thursday,  October 8
     Friday,  October 9
     Wednesday,  October 14



     Friday,  October 16

     Tuesday, October 20


     Wednesday,  October 21
     Friday, October 23
An Introduction to Urban Studies at
Dartmouth and to the seminar.

Lecture: The Growth and Spread of
Urbanization; An Introduction to
The City Model.
   Read:  The City Manual

Play I:  Blue City at the first
generation.  Submission of data must
be completed by 10:00 p.m.
   Read:  Blue City Scenario

Lecture:  Hedonopolis, Fat City and
the Mobile Parasitopoli.

Report due on E.K. Hall's, The Hidden
Dimension.

Discussion:  The Hidden Dimension;
Questions of Perception of Environment
   Read:  E.K. Hall, The Hidden
          Dimension
          Saarinen.  Perception of
          Environment.

Play II:  Blue City at the second
generation.  Data submission due by
6:00 p.m.

No Class

Review due on H. Cox's^ The Secular
City

Discussion:  The Secular City:
Questions of Human Response to Urban
 Life.
   Read:  H. Cox. The Secular City
          Rose. Social Processes in
          the City.

College Holiday.
     * This schedule may be further developed, especially in
       relation to the playing of Blue City.
                          70

-------
Wednesday, October 28
Friday, October 30
Wednesday, November 4
Friday, November 6
Wednesday, November 11
Friday, November 13
Wednesday, November 18
Friday, November 20
Tuesday, November 24


Wednesday, November 25

Friday, November 27

Wednesday, December 2 )
Friday, December 4    )
Wednesday, December 9 )


Friday, December 11
Play III:  Blue City at third
generation.  This session to be
videotaped.  Submission of data
due at 5:00 p.m.

Discussion: Review of videotape and
discussion on the progress of Blue
City.

Discussion: The Conscience of the City.
Each student will present a precis of
a chapter in the Daedalus piece.
Specific assignments will be made in
class.
   Read:  Daedalus. The Conscience
          of 'The City.

Discussion: Continuation of the
presentations begun during the previous
session.

Play IV:  Fourth generation of Blue
          City.

Discussion: Social Order of a Slum.
Questions of territoriality in urban
space.
   Read:  G. Suttles. Social Order of
         The Slim.

Discussion: The Unheavenly City: Is
there an "urban problem?"
   Read: E. Banfield. The Unheavenly
         City.
Lecture: Urban Geography and Planning;
Scholarship and Social Responsibility.
Outline for a research paper on the
city of the future is due.
Reflective essay on The Individual in
an Urban Environment is due.
Play V:  Final generation of Blue City.

College Holiday


Discussion: Oral presentation of re-
flective essays on the Individual in
an Urban Environment.

Research paper due.
Final conference with the instructor
to discuss  the research paper will
occur during  the final examination
period.
                    71

-------
                           Appendix  3

                          URBAN GEOGRAPHY

Geography 52
Spring 1971                                           Professor John Sommer
T & Th 9:15 a.m.
Tuesday 6:30-8:00
      This course is designed to introduce you to the study of urbanization
with the tools of the geographer.   One must realize that not all aspects
of urban geography can be examined in one term so have limited the scope
of the course, hopefully without sacrifice of any major portion of the
field.  Our intent is to review some theoretical notions during the first
part of the course and to relate them to specific cases.  During the second
part of the course we shall engage in practical work in the field which
will be analyzed and presented during the last two weeks of the term.  One
day each week will be devoted to the play of Blue City, an urban simulation
game.  These plays will run parallel to the lectures and reading but it is
hoped that both aspects of the course will influence the other.  Blue City
must be run at a time other than the class period so I propose we utilize
Tuesday 6:30 - 8:30 p.m.

     In addition to the normal class period the instructor will be available
as a resource person on selected  X-Hours for student organized discussions
or seminars.  Please keep in mind that at least one weekend (probably
the weekend of May 22 and 23) will be engaged for field research.  Do not
plan to do anything but Geography 52 at that time.

      The reading for the course is ample without being too burdensome; it
is, however, concentrated in the first six weeks of the term so do not let
yourself get too far behind.  There will be one three hour examination in
mid May.  This examination will count 50% of the final grade.  The term
project resulting from the field research will count 30%.  A variety of
other exercises, make up the remaining 20%;  these include participation in,
and critique Blue City, a set of five one or two page written precis of
articles which support your field research, and the completion of several
assigned exercises.  You will be responsible for all assigned reading, whether
covered in the lectures or not, and you will also be responsible for ideas
developed in lecture and discussion sessions.

      Office hours for Geography 52 for Mr. Sommer are:  Mon. 1:30 - 3:00
                                     Others to be set-up later.


     TEXTS:     B.J.L.  Berry.   The Geography of Market  Centers  and Retail
                              Distribution
               G.  Breese,      Urbanization in Newly Developing Countries
               G.  Suttles,     The Social  Order of  the  Slum

     Recommended:
               B.J.L.  Berry and F.  Horton,   Geographic Perspectives  on
                                            Urban  Systems
               L.S.  Bourne,    Internal Structures  of The City:   Readings  on
                              Space and Environment
                               72

-------
           CLASS MEETINGS

April  1   Scale  Components  in Urban Geography

April  3   Historical Urbanization
April  5   Re-Discovering  Iran's  Most Ancient
           Civilization: Tepe  Yahya  8:30 p.m.
           28 Silsby Hall.

April  6   Tepe Yahya
              (Coffee in the  Lounge after, 10:20)

April  6   Introduction to Blue City  6:30 p.m.
April  8   Urban  Typologies:   The Case of the
           Pre-Industrial  City of Fez

April  9   X-HOUR  Blue City Round 7
           Decision Making  8:00  a.m.-9:30

April 13   Urbanization in Middle America in
           Antiquity

April 13   Blue City  Discussion  and Planning
April 15   Cities as Points: The  Economic Base
           of Cities
April 20   Blue City  Round  8   6:30 p.m.
            (No lecture scheduled)

April 22   Cities as Points: The  Canadian Urban
           System
April 27   Cities as Areas:  The Surface of
           London,  Ontario

April 27   Blue City,  Round 9  6:30 p.m.
April 29   Cities as Areas:  Land  Rent Curves
           and Core Deterioration: Tacoraa
May  4     They Influence  of Transportation on
           Spatial Change  &  Social Stress in
           the Capitalist  City

May 4      Blue City,  Round 10  6:30 p.m.
May 6      Cities as Volumes:  Boston South End

May 11     Cities as Volumes:    Black City:
           Patterns of Urban Demography in the
           United States
May 11     Blue City,  Round 11

May 13     Wholesale and Retail Trade in
           New England
May 18      Blue City,  Round 12
                                   73

-------
May 20      Hour Examination:  9:15-10:20

May 22-23-24   FIELD RESEARCH

May 25      Blue City,  Round 13  6:30 p.m.
            (No Class scheduled)

May 27      Moscow:  A City of Socialist Man
June 1      Blue City,  Round 14  6:30 p.m.
            (No Class scheduled)

June 3      An Integrated View of Dakara Post-
            Colonial Capital
                                   74

-------
                             Appenuj.x  i


                               GEOGRAPHY  52

                          BIBLIOGRAPHY:  URBANIZATION


ANDERSON, Nels  (ed.)  Urbanism  and Urbanization,  (London: J.H.Brill, 1964).

BERRY,  Brian J.L.   "Some  Relations of Urbanization and Basic Concepts of
       Economic Development", in  Pitts (ed.) Urban Systems and Economic
       Development,   (University  of Oregon, 1962).

BERRY,  Brian J.L.  Metropolitan Area Definition; Re-Evaluation of Concept
       and  Statistical  Practice,   Working Paper No.  28, (Washington: U.S.
       Bureau of the  Census,  1968).

BERRY,  Brian J.L. and NEILS,  Elaine  "The Urban Environment Went Large",
       Harvey S. Perloff  (ed.)  The Quality of the Urban Environment,  (Wash-
       ington:  Resources  for  the  Future, 1969).

BOGUE,  Donald J.  The Structure of the Metropolitan Community,  (Ann Arbor:
       University of  Michigan Press, 1949).

BORCHERT, John  "American Metropolitan Evolution",  Geographical Review, LVII,
       (July, 1967),  pp.  301-32.

BORCHERT, John  The Urbanization  of the Upper Midwest 1930-60,  Urban Report
       #2,  (Minneapolis:   UMES, 1963).

BREESE, G.E.  Urbanization in Newly Developing Countries,  (New York: Prentice-
       Hall, 1966).

BREESE, G.E.  The  City  in Newly Developing Countries,  (Englewood Cliffs:
       Prentice-Hall, 1969).

DAEDALUS, XCVII  (Fall, 1968)  "The Conscience of the City"; particularly
       article  by Webber, Meier.

ELDRIDGE, Hope  T.   "The Process of Urbanization", in Spengler J.J. arid
       Duncan,  O.D.  (eds.) Demographic Analysis.

FOX, Karl  "The Functional Economic Area:  Delineation and Implications  for
       Economic Analysis  and  Policy", Papers and Proceedings of the Regional
       Science  Association.  XV,  (1965), pp. 57-85.

FRIEDMANN,  J.   "Two Concepts  of Urbanization, a Comment", Urban Affairs,
       Quarterly  I,  (June, 1964), pp. 78-84.

FRIEDMANN,  J.   "Cities  in Social  Transformation", Comparative Studies in
       Society  and History, IV,    (1961); reprinted in Friedmann and Alonso,
       pp.  343-60.

FRIEDMANN,  J.  and MILLER, J.   "The Urban Field", Journal of the American
       Institute  of Planners.  XXX, (Nov., 1965), pp. 312-20.
                                  75

-------
 CANS, Herbert  The Urban Villagers.  (New York:   The  Free Press of Glencoe,  1962).

 GLAAB, Charles N. and A. Theodore  Brown A  History  of Urban America,  (New York:
       MacMillan, 1967).

 GRAS, N.S.B. Introduction  to  Economic History,   (New York: Harpers,  1922),
       Chapter IV, V and VI.

 HANDLIN, Oscar and BURCHARD,  John   The Historian and the City.  (Cambridge:
       MIT Press, 1963) particularly the article by  Lampard,  "Urbanization
       and Social Change".

 HATT, Paul K. and REISS, Albert J.  Jr., (eds)  Cities and Society,  (The
       York:  Free Press of Glencoe, 1957) especially Horace  Miner,   "The
       Folk-Urban Continuum"; Otis D. Duncan,  "Community Size and  the Rural
       Urban Continuum"; National  Resources Committee, "The Process  of Urbaniza-
       tion".

 HAUSER,  P.M. and SCHNORE,  L.F.  (eds.)  The Study of Urbanization.  (New York:
       John Wiley,  1965) particularly the  articles by
       Hauser, "Urbanization: an Overview"
       Sjoberg,  "Cities  in Developing and  Industrial Societies:  A  Cross-
               cultural  analysis"
       Keyfitz,  "Political-economic Aspects of Urbanization in South and South-
               east Asia"
       Thompson, "Urban  Economic Growth and Development in a  National System
               of Cities"
       Lampard,  "Historical Aspects of Urbanization".

 HAWLEY,  Amos H.  The  Changing Shape of jtetropoli.tan  America;   Deconcentration
       Since 1920,  (Glencoe, 111.:   The Free  Press, 1956).

 HOLZNER, Lutz  "World Regions in Urban Geography", A.A.A.G..  LVII, Dec. 1967,
       pp. 704-12.

 HOYT, Homer  World Urbanization,   Technical Bulletin #43, Urban  Land Institute,
       (Washington, 1962).

 INTERNATIONAL URBAN RESEARCH,   The World's Metropolitan Areas.  (Berkeley:
       University of California Press,  1959).

LAMPARD,  Eric E.   "The Evolving System of  Cities in  the United States:
       Urbanization and Economic Development",  in  Harvey S. Perloff  and
       Lowden Wingo, Jr.  (eds.)  Issues in Urban Economics,   (Washington:
       Resources for the Future, 1968).

LAMPARD,  Eric E.   "The History  of Cities in Economically Advanced  Areas",
       Economic Development and Cultural Change,   III,  (January, 1955), pp.81-136.

LAW, C.M.  "The Growth of Urban Population in England and Wales,  1801-1911",
       Transactions  of the Institute  of British  Geographers.  XLI,  (1967).
                                       76

-------
LEWIS, Robert A. and ROWLAND, Richard H.  "Urbanization in Russia and the
       U.S.S.R., 1897-1966", A.A.A.G., LIX,   (December, 1969), pp. 776-796.

MEADOWS, Paul and MIZRUCHI, Ephraim H.  (eds) Urbanism, Urbanization, and
       Change;   Comparative Perspectlves, (Reading, Mass.:  Addison-Wesley,
       (1969).

McKELVEY, Blake  The Urbanization of America, 1860-1915,  (Rutgers University
       Press, 19  ).

McKELVEY, Blake  The Emergence of Metropolitan America. 1915-1966,  (Brunswick,
       N.J., Rutgers University Press, 1968).

MUMFORD, Lewis   The City in History,  (Harcourt, Brace and World, 1961).

MURPHEY, Rhodes  "City as a Centre of Change", Annals of  the A.A.G., XLIV,
       (1954),  pp. 349-62.

PAPANNOUS, S.G.  "Megalopolis:  A First Definition", Ekistics. XXVI, (July,
       1968), pp. 33-59.

PICKARD, Jerome  Metropolitanization of the United States. Urban Land Institute,
       Resources Monograph #2.

PIRENNE, Henri  Medieval Cities, (Princeton:  Princeton University Press, 1925).

POPENOE, D.  "On the Meaning of Urban in Urban Studies",  Urban Affairs Quarterly,
       VI, (1965-66).

POUNDS, Norman J.G.  "The Urbanization of the Classical World", Annals of
       the Association of American Geographers,  LXIX,  (March, 1969), pp. 135-57.

PRED, Allan  The External Relations of Cities During  'Industrial Revolution',
       (Chicago:  University of Chicago, Department of Geography, Research
       Paper No. 76, 1962).

RASHEVSKY, N.  "Outlines of a Mathematical Approach to History", Bulletin
       of Mathematical Biophysics, XV,  (1953), pp. 197-234 and pp. 339-365.

SJOBERG, G.  The Pre-Industrial City,   (Glencoe, Illinois:  The Free Press,
       1960).

THOMPSON, Wilbur R.  A Preface to Urban Economics,  (Washington: Resources
       for the Future, 1965), particularly Chapter I.

THOMPSON, W. S.  "Urbanization", Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences.

UNESCO, Social Implications of the Industrialization and  Urbanization in
       Africa South of the Sahara, (Paris, 1956).

UNESCO, Urbanization in Asia and the Far East, (Calcutta, 1957).
                                    77

-------
UNESCO,  Urbanization in Latin America,    (New York,  1961).

WADE, Richard C.  The Urban Frontier,   (Chicago: University of Chicago Press,
       1959).

WEBBER, Melvin M.  "The Post-City Age", Daedalus,   XCVII,  (Fall, 1968), pp.  1091-
       1110.

WEBER, Max  The City,  (New York:  Collier Books,  1962).

WIRTH, Louis  "Urbanism as a Way of Life",  American Journal of Sociology, _XT.TV.
       (1938), pp. 1-24.  Reprinted in  Hatt & Russ, Cities in Society.
                                        78

-------
                                GEOGRAPHY  52

                          BIBLIOGRAPHY:  LOCATION
ANDREWS,  Howard F.,  Working Notes and Bibliography on Central Place Studies,
               University of Toronto, Department of Geography, Discussion Paper
               No.  8,  1970.

BECKMANN,  Martin,  Location Theory, (New York:  Random House, 196 ).

BOS,  H.  C.  Spatial Dispersion of Economic Activity,  (Rotterdam: Rotterdam
               University Press, 1965).

BURTON,  Ian, "A Restatement of the Dispersed City Hypothesis," Annals of the
               A.A.G., LIII (September, 1963), pp. 285-289.

BERRY,  Brian J. L.,  Market Centers and Distribution Systems^  (Englewood Cliffs,
               N.J.:  Prentice Hall, 1965).

BERRY,  Brian J. L.,  Theories of Urban Locations. Resource Paper No. 1, Commission
               on College Geography, Washington, Association of American
               Ge ographer s, 1968.

BERRY,  Brian J. L.  and GARRISON, W. L. , "Recent Developments in Central Place
               Theory,"  Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science Associa-
               tion, IV, (1958), pp. 107-120.

BERRY,  Brian J.L.  and PRED, Allen, Central Place Studies^  A Review_gfTheoryand_
               Applications, (Philadelphia:  Regional Science Research Institute,
               1961) with Supplement Through 1964   (1965).

CHRISTALLER, Walter, Central Places in Southern Germany,  translated by Carlisle W.
               Baskin (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.:  1966).

CURRY,  Leslie, "Central Places in the Random Spatial Economy,"  Journal of
               Regional Science,  VII, 2 (Supplement) (1967), pp.  217-238.

CURRY,  Leslie, "The Geography of Service Centers within Towns: The Elements of
               an Operational Approach," Proceedings of the I.G.U. Symposium in
               Urban Geography, Lund, 1960, Lund Studies in Geography,  B XXIV,
               (1962), pp. 31-53.

CURRY,  Leslie, "A 'Classical' Approach to Central Place Dynamics," Geographical
               Analysis I  (July, 1969), pp. 272-282.

DACEY,  Micheal F., "A Probabalistic Model for Central Place Locations,"  Annals
               of the A.A.G., LVI  (September, 1966), pp. 550-568.

DACEY,  Micheal F., "Population of Places in a Central Place Hierarchy,"  Journal
               of Regional Science, VI, 2, (Winter, 1966), pp. 27-34.

DACEY,  Micheal F,  "A County-seat Model for the Areal Pattern of an Urban System,"
               Geographical Review, LVI, (October,  1966),  pp. 527-542.
                                        79

-------
GOLLEDGE, R. G., RUSHTON, G. and CLARK, W.A.V., "Some Spatial Characteristics of
               Iowa's Dispersed Farm Population and Their Implications for the
               Grouping of Central Place Functions," Economic Geography,
               XLIII (July, 1966), pp. 361-372.

HARRIS, C. D. and ULLMAN, E. C., "The Nature of Cities,"  Annals of the American
               Academy of Political and Social Science. CCXLII, (1945), re-
               printed in Mayer & Kohn, pp. 277-286.

HUDSON, John C., "A Location Theory for Rural  Settlement,"  A.A.A.G.,LIX,
               (June, 1969), pp. 365-381.

ISARD, Walter, Location  and Space-Economy   (Cambridge: M.I.T. Press, 1956).

KING, Leslie J., "A Multivariate Analysis  of the  Spacing  of Urban  Settlement  in
               the United  States,"  Annals of  the Association of American
               Geographers,  LI,  (June," 1961) , pp.  222-233.

KING, Leslie J., "Quantitative Expressions of  the Pattern of Urban Settlements
               in Selected Areas  of  the United States," TMdschrift voor Econimi-
               sche  en Sociale Geografie,  LIII,  (January, 1962), p.  1-

LOSCH,  August, The Economics of Location,   translated  by  W. Stolper (New Haven:
               Yale  University Press, 1952).

MEDVEDKOV,  Y.;, V., "An Application of Topology in Central Place Analysis", Papers
                and Proceedings Regional  Science  Association, XX,  (1968),
               pp. 77-84.

MEDVEDKOV,  Y.  V., "The Regular Component  in Settlement Patterns as Shown on a
               Map," frpyjfrt-Geography; Review  and Translation,  VIII (May, 1967)
               pp. 150-168.

RICHARDSON, Harry W., Regional Economics,   (New  York:  Praeges,  1969).

RUSHTON,  Gerard, "Analysis of  Spatial Behavior by Revealed Space Preference,"
               A.A.A.G.,   LIX, (June, 1969), pp.  391-400.

RUSSELL,  Josiah C.,  "Metropolitan  Regions  in theMi.ddle Ages,"  Journal of
               Regional  Science II,  2,  (1960), pp.  55-70.

STEVENS,  Benjamin H., and  BRACKETT Carolyn A., Industrial Location,  (Philadelphia:
               Regional  Science Research  Institute,  1967).

THOMAS, Edwin N., "Toward  an Expanded Central  Place Model," Geographical Review,
               LI, (1961), pp. 400-411.

THOMAS, Edwin N., "The Stability of Distance-Population-Size Relationships for
               Iowa Town from  1900-1950,"  Proceedings  of  the I.G.U.  Symposium
               in Urban Geography,   (Lund,  1960), ed.  K.  Norborg,  (Lund, 1967),
               pp.  13-29.
                                       80

-------
THOMAS, Edwin N., MITCHELL, Robert A., and BLOME, Donald A., "Spatial Behaviour
               of a Dispersed Non-Farm Population," Papers and Proceedings
               of the  Regional Science Association, IX (1962), pp. 107-136.

UPPER Midwest Economic Study, Trade Centers and Trade Areas in the Upper Mid-
               west,   Urban Report No. 3, (Minneapolis:  UMES, 1963).

VINING, Rutledge, "Description of Certain Spatial Aspects of an Economic
               System," Economic Development and Cultural Change,  III, (1955),
               pp. 147-198.

wni.nKNRKRO.  Mloheal and BERRY, Brian J. L., "Rivers and Central Places:
               Analogues Systrans," Journal of_Regipnal^Science^  VII,  (Winter,
               1967).
                                        81

-------
                        BIBLIOGRAPHY:   INTERACTION


ALCALY, Roger E., "Aggregation and Gravity Models:  Some Empirical Evidence,"
             Journal of Regional Science.  VII, 1 (1967), pp. 61-73.

BERRY, BRIAN J. L.,  Essays on Commodity Flows and the Spatial Structure of the
             Indian Economy (Chicago: University of Chicago, Department of
             Geography, Research Paper No. Ill, 1966).

BERRY, Brian J.L. and SCHWIND, Paul J., "Information and Entropy in Migrant
             Flows", Geographical Analysis,  I  (January, 1969), pp. 5-14.

BRAMS, Steven J., "Transaction Flows in the International System:, American
             Political Science Review,  LX (December, 1966), pp. 880-898.

BRITTON, John N.H.,  " A Geographical Approach to the Examination of Industrial
             Linkages", Canadian Geographer, XIII, 3  (1969), pp. 185-198.

BROWN, Lawrence A.,  Diffusion Dynamics; A Review and Revision of the Quanti-
             jative Theory of the Spatial Diffusion of Innovation^  Lund
             Studies in Geography, Series B., Lund, Sweden, Gleerup, 1967.

BROWN, Lawrence A.,  Diffusion Processes and Location;  A Conceptual Framework
             and Bibliography, (Philadelphia: Regional Science Research
             Institute, 1969).

BROWN, Lawrence A.,  ODLAND, John and GOLLEDGE,  Reginald, C., "Migration,
             Functional Distance, and the Urban Hierarchy", Economic Geography,
             XLVI (July, 1970), pp. 472-485.

CARROLL, Robert, "The Metropolitan Influence of the 168 Standard Metropolitan
             Area Central Cities", Social Forces,  XLII  (1963), pp. 166-73.

CLARK, W.A.V., RUSHTON, G. and COLLEDGE, R. G. , "The Spatial Structure of the
             Iowa Urban Network", Geographical^  Analysis,  II (July, 1970), pp.
             301-313.
DAHL,  Sven  "The Contracts of Vasteras with the Rest of Sweden", Lund Studies
             in Geography,  XIII, pp. 206-43.

DEUTSCH, Karl "Shifts in the Balance of Communication Flows: A Problem of
             Measurement in International Relation", Public Opinion Quarterly,
             XX (Spring, 1956), pp. 143-60.

DEUTSCH, Karl  The Nerves of Government^ Models of^ Political Communication and
             Control,  (New York: The Free Press of Glencoe, 1963).

        , Mm. L. ,  "Connectivity of the Interstate Highway System", Papers and
             proceedings of the Regional Science Association^ VI,  (1960),
             pp. 121-37.     "	"
                                  82

-------
GARRISON,  William L.  and MARBLE, Duane F.,  A Prolegomenon to the Forecasting
             ^^Transportation Development, Research Report, The Transportation
             Center,  Northwestern University, (Evanston, Illinois, 1965).

GLEJSER,  H.  and DRAMAIS, A., "A Gravity Model of Interdependent Equations to
             Estimate Flow Creation and Division", Journal of Regional Science,
             IX, 3 (December, 1969), pp. 439-50.

GOLLEDGE,  R.G.  and BROWN, L., "Search, Learning and the Market Decision Process"
             Geografiska Annaler, XLIX, B  (1967), pp. 116-24.
 ii
HAGERSTRAND,  Torsten Innox^ation Diffusion as a Spatial Process, translated by
             Allen Pred, (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1967).
 it
HAGERSTRAND,  Torsten  "Migration and Area", Lund Studies in Geography, Series__
             JB,_Xm, (1957), pp. 27-158.

HAGGETT,  Peter and CHORLEY, Richard J. , Network Analysis,   (London: MacMillan,
             1969).

HOWREY,  E. Philip  "On the Choice of Forecasting Models for Air Travel",
             Journal of Regional Science.  IX, 2  (1969), pp. 215-224.

HUDSON,  John C., "Diffusion in a Central Place System", Geographical Analys is,
             I (January, 1969), pp. 45-58.

KEYFITZ,  Nathan Introduction to the Mathematics of Population,  (Reading, Mass.:
             Addison-Wesley, 1968).

LIEBERSON, Stanley and SCHWIRIAN, Kurt "Banking Functions as an Index of Inter-
             city Relations", Journal of Regional Science.  IV, 1  (1962),
             pp. 69-81.

LINNEMANN, Hans An Econometric Model of  International Trade Flows,  Amsterdam:
             North Holland Publishing Co., 1966.

LOWRY, Ira S. , Migration and Metropolitan  Growth: Two Analytical Models,
             (Los Angeles: University of California, Institute of Government
             and Public Affairs, 1966).

MACKAY,  J. Ross "The Interactance Hypothesis and Boundaries in Canada",
             Canadian Geographer,  II (1958), pp. 1-8;  reprinted in Berry and
             Marble  (eds.) Spatial Analysis,   pp. 122-129.

MORRILL,  Richard L., "The Distribution of  Migration Distances", Papers and
             Proceedings of the Regional Science Association,   XI  (1963)
             pp. 75-84.

MORRILL,  Richard L., "Waves of Spatial Diffusion", Journal  of Regional Science.
             VIII, 1 (1968), pp. 1-18.

MORRILL,  Richard L., and PITTS, Forest   "Marriage, Migration and  the Mean
             Information Field", Annals  of the Associgtion  of American Geo-
             graphers, LVII (Jun<§7 1967),  pp. 401-422.
                                    83

-------
NYSTUEN, John D. and DACEY, Micheal F., "A Graph Theory Interpretation of
             Nodal Regions", Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science
             Association, VII  (1961), pp. 29-42; reprinted in DorrjTand
             Marble (eds.) Spatial Analysis, pp. 407-418.

OLSSON, Gunnar  "Distance and  Human Interaction:  A Migration Study",
             Geografiska Annaler, XLVII,  B  (1965), pp. 3-43.

OLSSON, Gunnar Distance and Human Interaction: A Review and Bibliography,
             (Philadelphia: Regional  Science Research Institute Bibliography
             Series No. 2, 1965.

OLSSON, Gunnar  "Central Place Theory, Spatial Interaction and Stochastic
             Processes", Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science
             Association. XVIII,  (1967).

OLSSON, Gunnar and GALE, Stephen "Spatial Theory and Human Behavior:  A Study
             of Anarchistic Vector Space",  Papers and Proceedings of th£
             Regional Science  Association.  XXI  (1968), pp. 229-242.

PETERSON, Paul Ove  "Innovation Diffusion within and between National Urban
             Systems", Geographical Analysis, II  (July, 1970), pp. 203-254.

PFOUTS, Ralph W., "Patterns of Economic Interaction in the Crescent", F. Stuart
             Chapin, Jr. and Shirley  F. Weiss  (eds.) Urban Growth Dynamics,
             (New York: John Wiley, 1962).

PEILBRICK, Allen K., "Principles of Areal Functional Organization in Regional
             Human Geography", Economic Geography,  XXXIII (1957), pp. 299-336.

ROGERS, Andrei  Matrix Analysis of Inter-Regional Population Growth and  Desr
             crlption,  (Berkeley and  Los  Angeles: University of California
             Press, 1968).

HUMMEL, R.J., "A Field Theory  of Social Action with Application to Conflict
             within Nations",  General Systems, X  (1965), pp. 183-211.

RUSSETT, Bruce M., International Regions  and the International Economy.
             (Chicago: Rand McNally,  1967).

SIMMONS, James W., Flows in an Urban  Area;  A Synthesis.  Bell Canada Environ-
             ment Study 36 (University of Toronto, 1968).

SMITH, Robert H. T., "Concepts and Methods  in Commodity Flow Analysis",
             Economic Geography, XLVI, 2  (Supplement), (June, 1970) pp.404-416.

TAAFE, E.J.,  "Urban Hierarchy:  An Air Passenger Definition", Economic
             Geography, XXXVIII (1962), pp. 1-14.

THORNTHWAITE, C. Warren  Internal Migration in the United States. (Philadelphia:
             University of Pennsylvania Press, Study of Population Distribution,
             Bulletin No. 1, 1934).

ULLMAN, Edward L., American Commodity Flow, (Seattle: Univ. of Washington
             Press, 1957).
                                  84

-------
                               GEOGRAPHY   52

                          BIBLIOGRAPHY;   DIFFERENTIATION

ALFORD, Robert and SCOBLE, Harry,  "Political and Socioeconomic Characteristics
              of American Cities," Municipal  Yearkbook,  1965, (Chicago:  Int.
              Assoc. of City Managers,  1965), pp.  82-97.

AHMAD, Q. Indian Cities: Characteristics and Correlates,   (Chicago:  University
              of Chicago, Department of Geography, Research Paper No.  102,  1965).

BECKMANN, Martin J. and MCPHERSON, John C., "City Size Distribution in a Central
              Place Hierarchy: An Alternative Approach," jFournal of Regional
              Science, X,(April,  1970), pp. 25-34.

BECKMANN, Martin J., "City Hierarchies and the Distribution of City Size,"
              Economic Development  and Cultural Change,  VI,  (1958), pp.  243-248.

BERRY, Brian J.L., "City Size Distribution and Economic Dcvelopmenr," jjconomij:
              Development and  Cultural Change, IX, (July, 1961), pp. 573-588;
              reprinted in  Friedmann and Alonso, pp.  138-152.

BERRY, Brian J.L., "American Urban Dimensions, 1960," (Chicago: University of
              Chicago, Center  for Urban Studies, 1968) mimeo. (Geography Library).

BERRY, Brian J.L., City Size and  Economic Development: Conceptual Synthesis
              and Policy  Problems,  with Special Reference to South and South-east
              Asia.   I.C.U. Comm. on Quantitative Methods, Ann Arbor, August,
              1969.

BERRY, Brian J.L.  (ed.), Classification of Cities; New Methods and Evolving Uses,
               (Washington:  International City Managers Association, 1970).

BERRY, B.J.L., and GARRISON, W.  L.,  "Alternate Explanations of the Urban Rank
              Size  Relationship," Annals of  the A.A.G. XLVIII (March, 1958),
              pp.  83-91;  reprinted  in Mayer  & Kohn pp.  230-239.

CURRY, Leslie, "Explorations in Settlement Theory: The Random Spatial Economy,"
              Annals  of The Association  of American Geographers,  LIV (March,
              1964),  pp.  138-146.

DOHERTY,  J.M., ''Residential Preferences for Urban  Environment in  the United
              States," Discussion Paper  No.  29,  (London: Graduate School of
              Geography,  London School of Economics, 1968).

DUNCAN,  Otis,  et.al..  Metropolis and Region,   (Baltimore: Johns  Hopkins, 1960).

FANO, P.L.,  "Organization, City Size Distribution  and Central Places," Papers
              and Proceedings of the Regional Science Association,   XXII,  (1969),
              pp.  29-38.

HADDEN,  J.K.  and BORGATTA, E.F.,  .American Cities,   (Chicago:  Rand McNally, 1965).

HOSEI.TTZ, Bert L.,  "Generative and Parasitic- Cities," Economic  Development and
               Cultural Change. Ill, 3  (1955), pp.  278-294.
                                      85

-------
 JEFFERSON, Mark, "The Law of the Primate City," Geographical Review,  XXIX,
                (1939), pp. 226-232.

 JOHNSTON, R.J., "Choice in Classifications: The Subjectivity of Objective
               Methods," Annals of the Association of American Geographers,
               LVIII, (September, 1968), pp. 575-539.

 JONES, Kenneth J. and WYATT, C., "Toward a Typology of American Cities,"
               Journal of Regional Science,  X.2 (August, 1970), pp. 217-224.

 KENYON, James B., "Other Relationship between Central Function and Size of
               Place." Annals,  A.A.G., LVII, (Dec.  1967), pp. 736-750.

 LINSKY, Arnold S.,  "Some Generalizations Concerning Primate Cities," Annals of
               the Association  of American Geographers, LV (1965), pp.506-513.

 MADDEN, C.H., "Some Spatial Aspects of Economic Growth in the United States,"
               Economic Development and Cultural Change,   IV, (1956), pp.371-387.

 MOSER, C.A.  and SCOTT, W., British Towns,  (London: Oliver and Boyal, 1961).

 PARR, John B., "City Hierarchies and the Distribution of City Size: A Reconsider-
               ation of Beckmann's Contribution," Journal of Regional Science,
               IX,  (1969), pp.  239-254.

 REDFIELD, R. and SINGER, M.B.,  "The Cultural Role of Cities," Economic
               Development and  Cultural Change, III, (1954).

 ROSING, Kenneth E.,  "A Rejection of the Zipf Model  (Rank Size Role) in Relation
               to City Size," Professional Geographer   XVIII, (March, 1966),
               pp.  75-82.

 SIMON, Herbert, "On a Class of  Skew Distribution Functions," in Models of Man,
               (New York:  Wiley, 1957), pp. 145-164.

 SMITH, R.H.T., "Method and Purpose in Functional Town Classification," Annals
               of the A.A.G.,LV, (September, 1965), pp. 539-548.

 STEWART, Charles T., "The Size  and Spacing of Cities," Geographical Review,
               XLVIII, (1950),  pp. 222-245, reprinted in Mayer & Kohn, pp.240-256.

 THOMAS, Edwin N., "Additional Comments on Population Size Relationships for
               Sets of Cities," in W.L. Garrison and D.F.Marble (eds.)
               Quantitative  Geography, Part I, (Evanston: Northwestern University
               Department of Geography, 1967), pp. 167-190.

WARD, Benjamin, "City Structure and Interdependence," Papers and Proceedings of
               the Regional Science Association,   X (1963), pp. 207-221.

WEBB, John W., "Basic Concepts  in the Analysis of Small Urban Centers of
               Minnesota," Annals of the A.A.G., XLIX,  (March, 1959), pp. 55-74.

WOOD, Robert C., 1400 Governments,(New York: Harvard University Press, 1961).

                                  86

-------
                      Bibliography;     Growth and Change

BEERY,  Brian J.L.,  "Impact of Expanding Metropolitan Communities upon a Central
          Place  Hierarchy,"  Annals  of the Association of American Geographers,L
          (1960), pp.  112-117.

BERRY,  Brian J.L.,  "Cities as Systems within Systems of Cities,"  Papers and
          Proceedings  of the Regional Science Association, XIII (1969),
          pp.  147-164.

CZAMANSKI, Stanislaw,  "A Model of Urban Growth," Papers and Proceedings of the
          Regional  Science Association,  XIII  (1964), pp. 177-200.

FRIEDMANN, John, "Economic Growth and Urban Structure in Venezula," Papers and
          Proceedings^ of the Regional Science Association^ Latin America i_ I
          (1962)

FOGUITT,  Glenn V.   "Trends in Incorporated Places, 1950-60," Demography II,
          (1965), pp.  363-371.

GAUTHIER, Howard L.,  "Transportation and the Growth of the Sao Paulo Economy,"
          Journal of Regional Science, VIII  (Summer, 1968), pp. 77-94.

HART, John F. and SALISBURY, Neil E. , "Population Change  in Middle Western
          Villages:  A Statistical Approach,"  Annals of  the Association of
          American  Geographers, LV,   (March,  1965), pp. 140-160.

HART, John F., SALISBURY, Neil E., and SMITH, Everett, G. Jr., "The Dying Village
          and Some  Notions about Urban Growth,"  Economic Geography, XLIV,
          (October, 1968), pp. 343-349.

HARVEY, D&vid, "Models of Spatial Patterns in Human Geography," in Richard J.
          Chorley and Peter Haggett, Models  in Geography   (London: Methuen
          1967), pp.  549-608.

HIGGS, Robert,   "The Growth of Cities in a  Midwestern Region, 1870-1900,"
          Journal of Regional Science,   IX,  3  (December, 1969),  pp.  359-376.

LUKERMANN, Fred, "Empirical Expressions of Nodality and Hierarchy in  a Circula-
          tion Manifold,"  East Lakes Geographer,   (August, 1966), pp.  17-44.

MEDVEDKOV, Y. V., "The Concept of Entropy  in Settlement  Pattern  Analysis,"
          Papers. Regional Science Association,  XVII  (1967),  pp.  165-168.

MEIER, Richard L.,  A Communications  Theory of Urban Growth,  (Cambtidge:
          MIT, 1964).

MILLER, James C., "Living Systems,"  Behavioral  Science, X (1965);  "Basic
          Concepts," pp. 193-237;  "Structure and Process,"  pp.  377-379;
          "Cross-level Hypothesis,"  pp. 350-411.

MORRILL,  Richard L., "Simulation of  Central  Place Patterns Over Time," Proceed-
          ings of the I.G.U. Symposium in Urban Geography, Lund,  1960, Lund
          Studies  in Geography, XXIV  (1962), pp.
                                    87

-------
MORRILL, Richard L., "Development of Spatial Distribution of Towns in Sweden:
          An Historical - Predictive Approach," Annals of the A.A.G., LIII
          (March, 1963), pp. 1-14.

MORRILL, Richard L., Migration and the Spread and Growth of Urban Settlement,
          Lund Studies in Geography, No. 26   (Lund,  1965).

NORTHAM, Ray M*, "Declining Urban Centers  in the United States, 1940-60,"
          Annals of the Association of American Geographers, LIII (March, 1963),
          pp. 50-59.

NOURSE, Hugh 0., Regional Economics  (New  York: McGraw-Hill, 1968), Chapter III
          "Systems of Cities",

PERT.OFP, Harvey S. and WINGO, Lowden S., Issues in Urban Economics  (Baltimore:
          John Hopkins Press, 1968), particularly the articles by Thompson,
          "Internal and External Factors in the Development of Urban Economies"
          and Lampard, "The Evolving System of Cities in the United States:
          Urbanization and Economic Development."

PRED, Allen R.   "Industrialization and Urbanization  as Interacting Spatial
          Processes", in S.B. Cohen, (ed.), Problems and Trends in American
          Geography  (1967)

PRED, Allen, R., Behavior and Location.  Foundations for^ a Geographic^ and Dynamic
          Locations Theory Part I   (Lund:  Gleerups, 1967).

PRED, Allen, R., The Spatial Dynamics of U.S. Urban  and Industrial Growth.
          1800-1914   Theoretical and Interpretive Essays,  (Cambridge. MIT
          Press, 1967)

RODWIN, Lloyd,  Nations and Cities;  A Comparison of Strategies for Urban Growth
          (Cambridge: MIT Press, 1970).

SIEBERT, Horst, Regional Economic Growth;  Theory and Policy  (Scranton, Pa:
          International Textbook, 1969).

THOMPSON, Wilber R.,  "Internal and External Factors  in the Development of Urban
          Economics".

THOMPSON, Wilber,  R., and MATTILA, John M.  "Towards  an Econometric Model of
          Urban Economic Development," in Harvey S. Perloff and  LowdenWingo,
          Issues in Urban Economics  (Baltimore: John Hopkins, 1968).

SMOLENSK?,  Eugene, and RATAJCZAK, D.,  "The Conception of Cities," Exploration
          in Entrepreneurial History,   II  (Winter, 1965), pp.  90-131.

WILLIAMSON,  Jeffery G.  and SWANSON, Joseph A., "The Growth of Cities in the
          American Northeast, 1820-1870,"  Explorations in Entrepreneurial
          History.   IV, I  (Supplement), 1966.
                                     88

-------
                                GEOGRAPHY  52

                       BIBLIOGRAPHY:   STUDIES OF THE CANADIAN URBAN SYSTEM

AMBROSE,  Peter J., "Some Technique for Measuring Change in Employment Structure",
          Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie, LVIII (March-April,
          1967) pp. 76-81.

AMBROSE,  Peter, "Patterns of Growth in the Canadian Labour Force 1951-1961,"
          Canadian Geographer    XIV (Summer, 1970) pp. 139-157.

ARMSTRONG, F.H. "Metropolitanism and Toronto Re-examined, 1825-1850", Canadian
          Historical Association, (1966), pp. 29-40.

ARMSTRONG, Frederick H. "Urban History in Canada," Urban History Group Newsletter,
          No. 28, (December, 1969).

BURGHARDT, Andrew F., "The Origin and Development of the Niagara Peninsula,
          Ontario, 1770-1851, Annals of the A.A.G.. LIX (September, 1969),
          pp. 417-440.

CAMU, Pierre, "Les Ports de la Province de Quebec," Cahiers de Geographie de
          Quebec. Ill, 6  (Avril-Septembre, 1959), pp. 393-402.

CANADIAN COUNCIL ON URBAN AND REGIONAL RESEARCH„ Urban and Regional References
          1945-1966   (Ottawa: 1960).

CARELESS, J.M.S., "Frontierism, Metropolitanism, and Canadian History",
          Canadian Historical Review   XXXV  (March, 1954), pp. 1-21.

CARELESS, J.M.S., "Metropolitanism and Nationalism," in P. Russell (ed.)
          Nationalism in Canada,  (Toronto: McGraw-Hill, 1966).

CAZELIS,  Pierre, "Sherbrooke: sa place dans  la vie de Relations des Cantons de
          1'Est," Cahiers de Geographie de Quebec  VIII (Avril-Septembre, 1969),
          pp. 165-194.

CROSS, Kevin J., Urban Development in Canada, (unpublished Ph.D., Cornell, 1958).

DUBE, Yves et al., Housing and Social Capital   Royal Commission on Canada's
          Economic Prospects, vol. XXIII  (Ottawa, 1957), Chapter II,
          "Urbanization".

GOHEEN, Peter C.  "The Central Places of  Southern Ontario:  A Geographic Study
          of their External Relations", Unpubl. M.A. Clark Univ. 1964.

GOODCHILD, M.F. and MASSON, B.H., "Some least-cost models of Spatial Administra-
          tive Systems in Southern Ontario," Geografiska Annaler,  LIIB (1969)
          2 pp. 86-94.

GREER-WOOTTEN, Bryn The jpatial Structure of the Urban Field  (Unpublished Ph.D.
          McGill, 1968)~I
                                        89

-------
HABITAT, "The Centennial Issue", X, No. 3-6 (1967)

HODGE, Gerald, "The Identification of  'Growth Poles' in Eastern Ontario"
          Report to Ontario Department of Economics and Development, (Toronto,
          1966)

HODGE, Gerald, "The Prediction of Trade Center Viability in the Great Plains",
          Papers and Proceedings of the Regional Science Association,  XV
          (1965) pp. 87-115.

HODGE, G., "Do Villages", Rural Sociology, XXXI  (June, 1966).

KASAHARA, Yoshiko, "Profile of Canada's Metropolitan Areas," Queen's Quarterly,
          LXX (Autumn, 1963) pp. 303-13.

KERR, Donald P., "Some Aspects of the Geography of Finance in Canada," Canadian
          Geographer. IX (1965), pp. 175-192.

KERR, Donald P., "Metropolitan Dominance in Canada," in John Warkentin (ed.)
          Canada, A^Geographical Interpretation    (Methuen: Toronto, 1968).

KERR, Donald P. and SPELT,  Jacob, "Some Aspects of Industrial Location in
          Southern Ontario", Canadian Geographer  1960, pp. 12-25.

KING, Leslie, J., "Discriminant Analysis of Urban Growth Patterns in Ontario
          and Quebec, 1951-1961." Annals of the A.A.G.  LVII (1967) pp.566-578.

KING, Leslie, J. "Cross-Sectional Analyses of Canadian Urban Dimensions, 1951
          and 1961," Canadian Geographer, X, 4 (1966), pp. 205-24.

KIRK, Donald W., "Southwestern Ontario; The Areal Pattern of Urban Settlement
          in 1850"  unpublished Ph.D. Northwestern, 1949.

KISSLING, C.C., "Linkage Importance in a Regional Highway Network", Canadian
          Geographer,  XIII, 2 (1969) pp. 113-127.

KISSLING, C.C., "Accessibility and Urban Economic Structure" New Zealand
          Geographer.

LITHWICK, N.H., and PAQUET, Gilles, Urban Studies; A Canadian Perspective
          (Toronto: Methuen, 1968): Particularly Lithwick and Paquet "Urban
          Growth and Regional Contagion"; and Pine "Social Consequences of
          Urbanization".

MARSHALL, John V., The Location of Service Towns   (University of Toronto,
          Department of Geography, Research Publication No. 3, 1970).

MASTERS, Donald C., "Toronto Versus Montreal: The Struggle for Financial
          Hegemony, 1680-1875," Canadian Historical Review, XXII (June, 1941)
          pp. 133-146.

MAXWELL, James W., "The Functional Structure of Canadian Cities: A Classi-
          fication,"  Geographical Bulletin, VII, 2 (1965), pp. 79-104.

MURDIE, Robert, "Cultural Differences in Consumer Travel," Economic Geography,
          XLI (July, 1965), pp. 211-233.
                                     90

-------
PARKER, W.H. "The Towns of Lower Canada in the 1830's," in R.P. Beckinsale and
          J.M. Houston (eds.) Urbanization and Its Problems  (Oxford: Basil
          Blackwell, 1963).

PEARSON, Norman A., "Conurbation Canada," Canadian Geographer, IV, 4 (1961)
          pp. 101-107.

PEARSON, Norman, "From Villages to Cities", N.M.S. Careless and R.C. Brown (eds.)
          The Canadians, 1867-1967  (Toronto, 1967).

RACINE, Jean-Bernard, "La Croissance de Grand-Montreal au Sud du Saint Larent:
          Le Cas de Saint Bruno de Montarville" Revue de Geographic de Montreal
          (1967) XXI, 1, pp. 111-148.

RACINE, Jean-Bernard, "Exurbanization et raetamorphisim.e peri-urbain" Revue de
          Geographic de Montreal,  XXI, 2 (1967), pp. 313-342.

RASHLEIGH, Edward T., "Observations on Canadian Cities, 1960-61," Plan Canada.
          Ill (September, 1962), pp. 60-77.

RAY,  D. Micheal, Market Potential and Economic Shadow  (Chicago: University of
          Chicago, Department of Geography, Research Paper No. 101, 1965).

RAY,  D. Michael, "The Spatial Structure of Economic and Cultural Difference:
          A Factorial Ecology of Canada," Papers and Proceedings pf_the Regional
          Science Association,   XXIII (1969). pp. 7-24.

RAY,  D.M.  and MURDIE, R.A. "Socio-Economic Dimensions and Spatial Structure of
          Canadian Cities," (Waterloo, University of Waterloo, Department of
          Geography, 1968)       -    .

ROBINSON,  Ira, M., New Industrial Towns on Canada's Research Frontier  (Chicago:
          University of Chicago, Department of Geography, Research Paper No. 73,
          1962).

RDSSWURM,  Lome, H., "Expanding Urbanization and Selected Agricultural Elements;
          Case Study Southwestern Ontario, 1941-1961", Land Economics   XLIII
          (February, 1967), pp. 101-107.

RUSSWURM,  Lome R.  The Development of an Urban Corridor System, Toronto-
          Stratford. 1941-1966,  Report to the Regional Development Branch,
          Ontario Department of Economics and Development, 1969.

SASKATCHEWAN, ROYAL COMMISSION ON AGRICULTURE AND RURAL LIFE, Service Centres.
          Report No. 12 (Regina: Queen's  Printers, 1957).

SCHNORE, Leo F.  and PETERSEN,  Gene B., "Urban and Metropolitan Development in
          the United States and Canada,"  Annals of the American Association of
          Political and Social Science   CCCXVI (1958) pp. 60-68.

SEMPLE, R.K., Regional Types of Variability within a System of Urban Places,
          Unpublished Ph.D.  Dissertation,  Ohio State University (Columbus,
          Ohio:   1969).
                                   91

-------
SEMPLE, R.K. "An Oblique 'Simple Structure1 Factor Analysis of Viability
          Measures for Southern Ontario Towns," University of Toronto,
          Department of Geography Discussion Paper No. 2 (October, 1969).

SEMPLE, R.K. and WANG, L.H., "A Geographical Analysis of Redundancy in the
          Interurban Transportation Links," University of Toronto, Department
          of Geography, Discussion Paper No. 5  (1970).

SIMMONS, James W.  and SIMMONS, Robert E., Urban Canada  (Toronto: Copp Clark,
          1969). Chapters II, III and IV.

SLATER, David W., "Political Economy of Urban Changes in Canada," Queen's
          Quarterly   LXVII (Winter, 1960-61),  pp.

SEMPLE, R. Keith, CASETTI, Emilio, and KING, Leslie, J., "The Determination of
          the Optimal Number of Groupings in Classification Problems,"
          Discussion Paper No. 10, Department of Geography, Ohio State University
          (Columbus, Ohio, 1969).

SLATER, David W., "Decentralization of Urban People and Manufacturing Activity
          in Canada," Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science
          XXVII (February, 1961), pp. 72-84.

SPELT, Jacobj Urban Development of South-Central Ontario  (Assen, Netherlands:
          Van Gorcuni, 1955).

STONE, Leroy 0. Urban Development in Canada   (Ottawa: Dominion Bureau of
          Statistics, 1967).

STONE, Leroy 0., Migration in Canada;  Regional Aspects,  Census Monograph
          (Ottawa: Dominion Bureau of Statistics, 1969).

TROTIER, Louis, Some Function Characteristics of the Main Service Centers of
          the Province of Quebec Melange geographiges Canadiens affect a Raoul
          Blanchard  Quebec Les Presses Universitaires Laval, 1959, pp. 243-59.
          also Cahiers de Geographic de Quebec  HI, (Apr-Sept. 1959) 6, pp.
          243-59.

WATSON, J. Wrefred, "Urban Development in the Niagara Peninsula," Canadian
          Journal of Economics and Political Science, IX (Nov. 1943)
          pp. 463-486.

WHEBRLL, C. "Corridors:  A Theory of Urban Systems," Annals of the Association
          of American Geographers,  LIX (March, 1969), pp. 1-26.
                                    92

-------
                APPENDIX 5
             Student Projects
1.  A Gaming Model of the Pre-Industrial City




2.  Socialist City Gaue




3.  Interstate
                     93

-------
     Appendix 6
THE  MUNIFICENT  HEXAGON
     Geography 52
     Final Examination
     Professor John Sorcmer
            94

-------
                       THE MUNIFICENT HEXAGON






Introduction:






       The Munificent Hexagon is a gaming examination for students of




urban geography.  The student is the Player  and the professor is the




Guide in a game that takes the form of an oral examination.  The questions




asked are determined, in part by chance, and in part by the play of the




student.  The game encompasses the whole course and is designed to be as




fair as possible to all players.  The aim of the game is to accumulate as




many points as possible up to 1000 in forty minutes by traversing the. game




board answering questions (where possible) on each space where the Player's




piece lands.




       The game is flexible in that the Player may chose (within some




constraints) from what parts of the course he or she will answer questions,




may choose between general or specific types of questions, and may (in certain




circumstances) quiz the professor and grade his answer.




       The game is played on an hexagonal playing board that is made up of




nodes, arcs and links, each of which is labeled so that the player may direct




his piece to the portion of the board where he chooses to answer questions.




On the next page an example of the board is presented, and on the following




pages are the rules of play and a description of the different parts of the




game.
                                 95

-------

96

-------
                                RULES




Procedure:




        1.  Play begins when the player rolls two dice and moves his



            piece from the Golden Pot as many segments as are shown on



            the upper faces of the dice.




        2.  Upon reaching a node the piece may be moved either to the



            right or left along an arc.




        3.  No link may be retraced toward the Golden Pot without first



            landing on an arc segment.  A link may be retraced toward a node.



        4.  No arc may be retraced without first landing on another arc's



            segment or on a link segment.




        5.  Landing On (a segment or node) means the termination point of any



            roll of the dice where this point may be arrived at from only one



            direction—in other words, the player may not roll a "six" and



            advance four and then retreat two so that only two "real space"



            segments would have been traversed.



        6.  When an arc or link question has been landed on the player must



            either answer or refuse to answer it, but in either case that



            segment is neutral thereafter.



        7.  If a player lands on a neutralized segment (shown by some marker)



            he or she may choose to move to the next "live" segment or roll again.



        8.  The game ends when forty minutes have elapsed, or when there are



            no more arc segments, link segments, question cards, dissertation



            cards, or free dissertation possibilities remaining.



Points:



        Points are almost always awarded by the Guide.  Below is a table of



point totals with a column showing the suggested number of minutes for answering



a question.  Keep in mind that a minute is worth about twenty-five points.
                                   97

-------
          Type of Award           Tot?.! ?cjntc  POP; I".IF
Free Dissertation                         200                       5 minutes



Dissertation                              200                       7



Arc Questions                             100                       4



Link Questions                             20                       1



Question (available after 500)             50                       2



Query  Cards (redeemable)                   15                       0



Golden Pot                                10 (each landing)         0






Links'



      Six links are the spokes of the Hexagon, tying the nodes  to  the Golden



Pot.   Each link is divided into seven segments and each segment bears  a question



related to the two arc topics connected to the node; thus, Link 1 is connected



to the Query node and bears questions related to Berry's book  and to Other



Readings.  These questions are the most specific in the game,  are worth twenty



points and are awarded at the discretion of the director.




Arcs:



      There are six arcs on the Hexagon, each divided into eight segments, and



bounded by a node at each terminus.  Seven of the arc-segments are questions



and one arc-segment is a Chance  (see Chance Cards).  Each arc deals with a



different part  of the reading for the Geography 52 course and  thay are clearly



labelled as such,  thus:



              Arc 1:  Berry's book



              Arc 2:  Other Reading



              Arc  3:  Cities as Areas  and Surfaces



              Arc  4:  Breese's  book



              Arc  5:  City Model



              Arc  6:   Cities as Points and Lines



     The questions on  the  arcs  tend to be general in nature relative to link



questions, but not as  general as Dissertation questions (see Dissertation Cards).



A maximum of 100 points may be  received for an answer  to an arc question and  points


                                                 9 8
are awarded at the discretion of the Guide.

-------
Nodes:




         There are seven nodes on the Munificent Hexagon, one at the renter




called the Golden Pot,  and six which define the joins between two arcs and a




link.  These nodes have different requirements and possibilities:




         1.  Query:  a player receives a Query Card when he lands on this




                     node (see Query Card).




         2.  Dissertation: a player receives a Dissertation Card when he or




                     she lands on this noue (see Dissertation Card)




         3.  Free Dissertation: A player who lands on either of the two Free




                     Dissertation nodes must immediately present a dissertation




                     of at least five minutes duration.  This dissertation may




                     be on any topic in urban geography, and may receive up to




                     200 points at the discretion of the Guide.  Once landed




                     upon, the node is neutralized and is, thereafter, like any




                     arc or link segment that has been covered.




         4.  Free Passage: Allows the player to advance immediately to any arc




                     or link segment, but not to any node or to the Golden Pot.




         5.  Question:  If a player who has accumulated at least 500 points lands




                     on this node he or she may formulate a question for the Guide




                     to answer.  The Guide has two minutes to complete his ansver.




                     The Player then decides how many points (0 to 50) to assign




                     for the answer and subtracts this from the total possible




                     (50), and adds the residual to his or her score.




         6.  The Golden Pot:  is the origin of play, and can, if chosen, also




                     be the end of play (see Benevolent Chance Cards). This




                     central place is nearest to all other places in the game and,




                     when passed through,  allows the player to choose what link




                     to follow.  In other  words, if a player is headed potward,




                     (said to be "going to pot"),  on a link and rolls a number
                                       99

-------
                     that carries hla further than the Golden Pot, he may



                     choose any of the other five links for exit to an arc.



                     Should the player roll a number that allows him to land



                     directly on the Golden Pot he or she receives ten points



                     :v.d the option to traverse any of the six links in exit



                     to an arc.



Query Cards:



         There are nineteen Query Cards, three for each arc of the Hexagon, plus



one Unencumbered Query.  Query cards are acquired during the course of play when



the player lands on the Query node, and nay be retained until they are needed.



         When a player reaches an impass while attempting to answer a question



he or she may play a Query card (if one has been obtained that corresponds to the



arc from which the question is drawn) and the Guide will provide a clue to the



answer.   The Uniarumbeired Quary may be used at any time for any arc or link.



         No points are awarded for t'ue cards as such, but any unplayed cards in



<;he plsyer's possession at the end of the game cay be redeemed for fifteen points



earn.




Chance Cards:



         There are a total of nineteen Chance Cards, divided into three kinds:



advance and retreat cards which direct the player to go forward or backward •



certain number of spaces; relocation cards which direct the player to go to a



certain arc location, and point challenge cards which allow a player (after 500



points have been attained) to challenge the Guide's decision to allocate a certain



number of points for an answer.



         Advance and retreat cards require the player to move even though the new



location has* already been exhausted.  The player must simply roll again.  Re-



location cards may send a player to a particular segment only if that segment is



unused.  If it has been neutralized the player rolls again.



         Point challenges are discussed after the play at an agreed upon time.
                               100

-------
Dissertation Cards:



         When a player lands on Dissertation he or she receives a card with



a topic on It.  The player nay play this card at any tine by potting it on



the board and speaking to the topic, however* a player nay accumulate only



one dissertation card, thus, if a dissertation card is held and the dissertation



node is landed upon again, the player must make his dissertation immediately.



He then mist draw another dissertation card to hold until he chooses, or is



forced, to use it.



         The dissertation topics tend toward generality and synthesis and



result in the award of 200 points for a totally successful dissertation.  The



Guide awards the points.






Benevolent Chances:



         A Pile of Benevolent Chances await the player who terminates his game



at the Golden Pot.  The player who terminates his game in this manner draws a



card from the pile and receives a material reward.
                                   101

-------
                APPENDIX 7
            BLUE CITY VIDEOTAPE
       This videotape is available through the




Office of Instructional Services, Fairbanks Hall,




Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire 03755.
                    102

-------
                               APPENDIX 8
R Type //
flow —
flow —
flow —
                   Fa.ll
Sales
                               Economic A
 Net Income
88 779.217
245 612.725
75 119.9
237 216.357
46 642.691
255 757.842
  Sales
109 634.53
-34 454.534
7 RA
RB
RC
NS
PQ
4
2
1
1
i
7 360
20 298
24 926
106 589.05
«;/• oon
2 744
7 535
9 088
14 357.065
_on 7fift ^ft9
7 360
25 885
25 066
112 199

 50 969.636
 Net Income
4 RA
RB
RC
NS
PS

flow
5 RA
RB
RC
NS
PS
4
2
1
1
1
R3
—
4
2
1
1
1
5 821
9 433
25 066
105 544.05
27 302
122 793.743
98 591.779
5 495
9 316
25 066
102 409.05
43 240
1 818
2 328
8 917
9 380.295
-12 036.334
226 818.341
230 967.670
1 938
3 183
9 238
12 561.524
-21 846.184
5 772
9 329
25 066
105 544.05
26 367

108 990.74
5 446
9 329
25 066
102 409.05
36 020
1 786
2 214
8 975
10 970.049
-12 471.57

235 906.631
1 936
3 244
9 296
12 580.296
-12 157.12
261 008.038
6 RA
RB
RC
NS
PS
4
2
1
1
1
6 580
11 615
24 926
104 500
49 830
2 464
4 277
9 009
13 594.453
-19 832.314
6 066
9 473
25 066
104 500
40 726.5
2 181
3 413
9 155
12 998.238
-37 580.2
225 366.523

  2 833
 10 110
  9 237
 14 621.324
295 100.39
                                    103

-------
                             Economic B
R Type It
flow —
flow —
flow —
Sales
 Net Income
62 960.797
120 433.067
56 516.886
116 452.045
69 546.428
128 997.721
  Sales
 66 481.736
 34 730.673
7 RA
RB
BS
PS
PG
5
3
1
1
1
4 755
12 750
179 800
59 726.5
133 362
1 528
3 959
-4 051.17
1 745.732
4 138.494
4 249
14 168
202 180
114 710
65 977
-45 181.293
 Net Income
4 RA
RB
BS
PS

flow
5 RA
RB
BS
PS
PG
4
2
1
1
R3
—
4
3
1
1
1
3 841
7 560
103 400
64 733
138 350.714
83 210.526
-4 253
12 041
170 100
56 857.5
240
854
2 510
6 678.312
3 043.54
127 066.687
75 502.211
1 236
1 559
-7 976.19
2 346.335
-12 799.8
4 421
7 560
118 580
65 198.5

78 923.08
4 249
12 041
171 200
63 536
240
1 194
2 536
9 078.846
3 235.06

76 874.765
1 243
1 624
-3 462.33
3 160.834
-10 350.3
129 614.006
6 RA
RB
•BS
PS
PG
5
3
1
1
1
4 253
11 994
174 300
61 313
100 197
1 277
2 935
-6 275.37
2 194.902
-894.5
4 249
11 994
182 700
61 173
65 866.5
1 297
3 012
1 179.351
1 238.64
-4 621.738
114 689.832

  1 311
  4 259
  7 915.229
-52 096.52   PS2
 -5 396.338

 77 101.265
                                 104

-------
                            Economic C
R Type //
 Sales
 Net  Income
  Sales
Net Income
J I
4 RA
RB
RC
LI
BG
HI

flow
5 RA
RB
RC
LI
BG
HI
6 •
1
1
1
1
1
R3
—
6
1
1
1
1
1
3 775
5 670
9 858
17 135
421 520
143 895.735
64 525.758
83 357.879
3 853
5 805
9 858
50 977.893
412 280
140 122.307
875
406
2 590
-29 649.32
30 890.992
14 627.029
258 405.668
360 551.439
1 329
1 857
3 336
-4 699.091
29 138.097
11 914.031
3 775
5 805
9 972
57 155
414 260
159 884.15

108 543.961
3 800
5 805
9 972
50 977.893
413 930
150 194.15
815
492
2 676
-2 361,82
29 404.714
19 423.48

385 747.521
1 334
1 876
3 421
-4 631,591
29 341.453
14 854.735
flow —
109 824.775
390 271.899
139 044.083
                                                              419 491.207
6 RA
RB
RC
LI
BG
HI
6
1
1
1
1
1
4
9
9
73
423
153
913
988
858
592.
500
424.



447

15
1
1
3
3
30
16
715
836
256
553.
332.
351.



226
599
061
4
9
9
102
427
148
863
941
972
556.09
020
189.679
1
- 1
3
14
31
12
723
878
352
063.641
723.368
948.28
flow —
 53 477.448
455 313.789
                                              199  398.202
                470 104.543
7 RA
RB
RC
LI
BG
.HI
T>r
6
1
i
1
1
1
i
5 108
11 414
9 858
75 775.154
462 660
137 180

1 819
3 932
3 297
3 9^2.006
34 566.333
10 549.451

4 863
9 987
9 972
105.569.1
455 840
161 500
0
1 732
3 296
3 420
!/• 582.739
34 608.51
18 864.212
-22 502.3
 flow —
 89 008.79
505 423.387
                                               181  698.028
                567 476.626
                                   105

-------
 TOTALS A. B. C.
R Type #
 Sales
Net Income
Sales
                                    Net Income
4 RA
RB
RC
HI
LI
NS
BS
BG
PS

flow
5 RA
RB
RC
HI
LI
NS
BS
BG
PS
PG
14
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
R3
—
14
6
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
13
22
34
143
17
105
103
421
92
325
265
13
27
34
140
50
102
170
412
100

437
663
924
895.735
135
544.05
400
520
035
670.215
160.184
601
162
924
122.307
977.893
409.05
100
280
097.5
240
3
5
11
14
-29
9
6
30
-8
612
667
4
6
12
11
-4
12
-7
29
-18
-12
547
244
507
627.
649.
380.
678.
890.
992.
290.
021.
503
599
574
914.
699.
561.
976.
138.
499.
799.


029
32
295
312
992
794
696
32



031
091
524
19
097
849
8
13
22
35
159
57
105
118
414
91

296
13
27
35
150
50
102
171
413
99

968
694
038
884.
155
544.
580
260
565.

457.
495
175
038
194.
977.
409.
200
930
556
240


15

05


5

781



15
893
05




3
5
11
19
-2
10
9
29
-9

698
4
6
12
14
-4
12
_o
29
-8
-10
795
242
651
423.48
361.82
970.049
078.846
404.714
236.51

528.917
513
744
717
854.735
631.591
580.296
462.33
341.453
996.286
350.3
flow —
261 564.789
756 317.691
6









RA
RB
RC
HI
LI
NS
BS
BG
PS
PG
15
6
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
15
33
34
153
73
104
174
423
111
100
746
597
784
424.15
592.441
500
300
500
143
197
5
9
12
16
3
13
-6
30
-17
456
048
265
351.
553,
594.
275.
332.
637.
-894.



061
226
453
37
599
412
5
flow—

7 RA  15
  RB   6
  RC
  HI
  LI
  NS
  BS
  BG
  PS
  PG

flow
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
           185114.234

            17 223
            44 462
            34 784
           137 180
            75 775.154
           106 589.05
           179 800
           462 660
           113 946.5
           133 362

           205 197.909
               808982.191

                 6  091
                15  426
                12  385
                10  549.451
                 3  942.006
                14  357.065
                -4  051.17
                34  566.333
               -18  960.77
                 4  138.494

               890  178.95
                  315 160.349

                   15 178
                   31 408
                   35 038
                  148 189.679
                  102 556.09
                  104 500
                  182 700
                  427 020
                  101 899.5
                   65 866.5

                  199674.341

                   16 472
                   50 040
                   35 038
                  161 500
                  105 569.1
                  112 199
                  202 180
                  455 840
                  114.710
                   65 977

                  187 486.371
              810 113.251

                5 201
                8 303
               12 507
               12 948.28
               14 063.641
               12 998.238
                1 179.351
               31 723.368
              -36 341.56
               -4 621.738

              810160.898

                5 876
               17 665
               12 657
               18 864.212
               14 582.739
               14 621.324
                7 915.229
               34 608.51
              -52 096.52
              -27 898.638

              939 678.281
                                                  PG  2
      106

-------
Examination by sector, E-E, E-F, E-G
                  abs.  Sales: growth
                        net  income: profitability
                        Sector's profits  in
                              balance net  worth
                       Old
Type #
RA 5
RB 1
RC 2
HI 1
PG 2
flow —
(cash bal
RA 5
RB 1
RC 2
HI 1
PG 2
flow
RA 5
RB 1
RC 2
HI 1
PG 2
flow —
RA 5
RB 1
RC 2
HI 1
PG 2
flow --
RA 5
RB 2
RC 1
Cl 1
flow —
RA 5
RB 2
RC 1
Cl 1
flow --
Sales ('OOOs
9057
2240
10425
169289.1
216628

.) 116556.636
8947"
2240
11562
135174.735"
20766
78243.112"
8947
2240
14829 ,.
162449.1"
148040
57615.557"
8877
2240
17735
17100
108729
48238.278"
4441
12301
10087
106100
114426.338
4824*
20287*
48000"
31368.986"
Economic E
Net Income
3053
569
1111
23823.254
21788.877
Sprmfl
New '
Sales
9517
2133
9495
157815.061
223640
Net Income
3300
545
270
19242.372
24250.222
                              (nw)  463086.263

                                     3077*
                                      767+
                                     2441
                                     9406.026_
                                     -984.156

                                   485000.508*
                                     3037"
                                      753;
                                     4081
                                    20389.803^
                                   -18364.953"
                                   502580.336*
                                     3023"
                                      759+
                                     5499
                                    23529.124"*"
                                    37017.736"

                                   454378.691"
                                     Economic F
               140117.566

                 9517
                 2133
                11355
               145776.675"
               203426"
               103496.274"

                 9517
                 2133
                11355
               138081^735*"
               176970
               104704,272^
                10237
                 2133_
                11295
               159410
               166532"
                91074.764"
1454
4179
3333
20181.732
242135.231
1607*
5178
6731
6178.974"
4441
12301
10087
171100
10894.582
4876*
14681*
20175
48000
285202.696
                                                     2692.761
469107.193

  3383*
   719+
  2322
 13754.679"
 -4790.257"
492713.670*

  3173"
   706
  2374
 10776.012
-10886.014

508379.0514
  3229
   719*
  2371   '
 19911.809
-29069.256"

515309. 577H
                                     1457
                                     4200
                                     3282
                                    34422.321

                                   237603.475

                                     1653*
                                     5183
                                     6913
                                     6178.974"

                                   280796.471^
                                      107

-------
                           Old
                                                     New
Round   Type//
       flow —
RA
RB
RC
Cl
            5
            2
            1
            1
       Sales
RA
RB
RC
Cl
5
2
1
1
5064"
15936;;
2U80
26400"
       flow --  -
 161462.778

   5064
  15936
  21480"
 159600
6106476.866"
    180000
                              Net Income
                       1717
                       5694"
                       7400
                       1593.805"
                     319791.237"*
                       1892*
                       6485];
                       8339
                     26054.795
                   -6731053.004"
                   6138
                                       Sales
                                             4876
                                            14681
                                            20288
                                            33500"
                                           127559.36+

                                             4876
                                            14681
                                            20061"
                                           109000
                                           158928.531*
Net Income

   1639"
   5106"
   6809"
   2603.163"
 293283.022"*

   1656*
   5183];
   6836
  19496.555
 327355.585"*
                                      593   354 100
RA
RB
RC
LI
NS
6
2
1
1
1
7532
7083
10385
230000
97544.922
       flow
       flow —
       RA
       RB
       RC
       LI
       NS
6
2
1
1
1
       flow —
       RA
       RB
       RC
       LI
       NS
6
2
1
1
1
      170601.160
RA
RB
RC
LI
NS
6
2
1
1
1
7532
7083
10385
223098"
102409.050
       flow —
201243.528

  8682
  7083
 20886];
225398^
104500

258557.483"*

  9710*
  8107];
 25064*
234598
106589.050
320654.016"*
                                Economic G
                                 2553
                                 1778
                                 3452
                                33426.912
                                10799.071
                               408560.065

                                 2371"
                                 2447
                                 2482"
                                34582.655];
                                11678.278

                               433263.482+
                                 2981+
                                 1840"
                                 6997
                                35718.855];
                                13989.136
                               517847.718+

                                 3361*
                                 2369];
                                 9141
                                41034.611];
                                14822.555"1"
                               590381.576"*"
                                        7584
                                        7083
                                       10268
                                      109250
                                       83213.151

                                      158449.120

                                        7584
                                        6972"
                                       10385
                                      217409.001
                                      102409.050

                                      179155.6344

                                        8634*
                                        9212];
                                       20768];
                                      225398];
                                      104500

                                      241689.041"*

                                        8682*
                                        9212
                                       20302"
                                      234598
                                      106589.050

                                      227446.425"
   2609
   1810
   3424
  15764.344
   7116.908

 311106.025

   2421~
   1850
   2513"
  32097.637^
  11697.050

 419794.788"*

   2980*
   3120];
   7015
  35949.923^
  13387.148

 509261.208"*

   3037*
   3163
   6867"
  39710.622^
  13912.311

 509157.185"
                                       108

-------
Round  Type //

   Totals
       Sales
         Old
         ('OOOs)
      Sectors  E, F, G
Net Income
 Sales
                                                               New
Net Income
RA
RB
RC
HI
PG
Cl
LI
NS
16
5
4
1
2
1
1
1
21030
21624
30897
169289.1
216628
106100
230000
97544.922
       flow —

       RA  16
       flow —
       RA  16
       RB
       RC
       HI
       PG
       Cl
       LI
       NS
5
4
1
2
1
1
1
       flow —

       RA  16
       RB
       RC
       HI
       PG
       Cl
       LI
       NS
5
4
1
2
1
1
1
      401584.134
       21303+
RB
RC
HI
PG
Cl
LI
NS
5
4
1
2
1
1
1
24124"
42234
135174. 735~
207766~
48000~
223098'
102409.050
       flow --
310855.626
 22693*
 25259^
 57195
162449.1
148040"
 26400"
225398*
104500
477635.818H
 23651*
 26283*
 64279^
171000
108729"
159600^
234598
106589.050
548892+
                      7060
                      6526
                      7896
                     23823.254
                     21788.877
                     20181.732
                     33426.912
                     10799.071

                   1113781.559

                      7055~
                      8392];
                     11656
                      9406.026"
                      -984.156"
                      6178.974"
                     34582.655^
                     11678.278
   1593.805
  35718.855^
  13989.136
1340219.291"1
   8276^
   9613];
  22979
  23529.124
 037017.736"
  26054.795^
  41034.6ir
  14822.555
1398861+
                  21582
                  21517
                  29850
                 157815.061
                 223640
                 171100
                 109250
                  83213.151
                 408461.268

                  21979^
                  23786^;
                  41915
                 145776.675"
                 203426"
                  48000
                 217409.001
                 102409.050
1203466.686
7735+
8287" .
18478
20389.803
-18364.953"
309614.669
23027*
26026]]
52411
138081.735
176970"
 33500
2253987
104500
473952.676H
 23795+
 26026
 51658"
159410
166532"
109000];
234598
106589.050
   7366
   6555
   6976
  19242.372
  24250.222
  34422.321
  15764.344
   7116.908

1017817.493

   6886"
   7752*
  11748
  13754.679"
  -4790.257"
   6178.974"
  32097.637^
  11697.050

1191304.929"*

   7792*
   8932];
  16197
  10776.012"
 -10886.014"
   2603.163"
  35949.923^
  13387.148

1310923.281*
   7922*
   9065
  16074"
  19911.809
 -29069.256"
  19496.555^
  39710.622^
  13912.311
                                            109

-------




R Type i?
4 RA
RL
RC
HI
LI
NS
BS
GB
PS
PG
Cl
flow
R RA
5 RB
RC
HI
LI
N5
BS
BG
PS
PG
Cl
flow
R RA
6 RB
RC
HI
LI
NS
BS
BG
PS
PG
Cl
30
10
6
2
2
o
1
1
2
2
1
—
30
11
6
2
2
2
1
1
2
3
1
—
31
11
6
2
2
2
1
1
2
3
1
traii
r 1* 11
Old
Sales
34 467
44 287
65 821
313 184.835
24? 135
203 088.972
103 400
421 520
92 035
216 628
106 100
666 744
34 904
51 286
77 158
275 297~
274 076
204 818
17C 10°
412 280
100 098
208 006~
48 000~
572 421"
38 439
58 856
91 979
315 873
298 990
209 000
174 300
423 500
111 143
248 237
26 400"
lUiALi A, n, L,

Net Income
10 614
11 770
19 403
38 450.283
3 777.592
20 179.366
6 678
30 891
-8 993
21 788
20 182
1780 802
11 558
14 991
24 230
21 320
29 884
24 240
-7 976
29 138"
-18 500
-13 784
6 179
1959 783
13 191
17 335
30 743
36 741
39 272
27 583
-6 275
30 333
-17 637
-19 260
1 594
z, r , (j f •
New
Sales
35 550
44 211
64 488
317 699.211
166 405
188 757.201
li.8 530
41 A 260
91 566
223 640
171 100
704 919
35 474"
50 961
76 953
295 971
268 387
204 818
171 200
413 930
99 556
203 666~
48 000
624 774~
38 973
57 434
87 449
286 271
327 954
209 000
182 700
427 020
101 899
242 837
33 500~
A A
^9
Net Income
11 161
11 797
18 627
38 665.852
13 402.524
18 086.957
9 079
29 405
-9 237
24 250
34 422
1716 346
11 399
14 496
24 465
28 610
27 466
24 277
-3 462"
29 341"
-8 996
-15 140"
6 179"
2001 417
13 123
17 235
28 704
23 724"
50 013
26 385
1 179
31 723
-36 342
-15 508~
2 603
flow —
662 750
2149 201
7 RA
RB
RC
HI
LI
NS
BS
BG
PS
PG
Cl
31
11
6
2
2
2
1
1
2
3
1
40
70
99
308
310
213
179
462
113
242
159
874
745
063
180
3/3
178
800
660
946
091
600
14
25
35
34
44
29
-4
34
-18
-32
26
367
039
364
078
976
180
051
566
961
879'
055
flow —
754 090
2289 040
673 627
 40 267
 76 066
 86 696"
320 910
340 167
218 788
202 180
455 840
114 710
232 509"
109 000

664 936"
2121 083
  13 798
  26 730
  28 731
  38 776
  54 294
  28 533
   7 915
  34 609
 -52 097"
 -56 968"
  19 497

2291 500
                                   110

-------
                                              a
                                            _ A

                                            * A
0-
                                                                                                                    cs   !••»•••    r),<
                                                                                                                               (D
                                                                                                                               3
                                                                                                                               a
                                                                                                                               H-

-------
              \   \
         c-a
     - 1C CCC
   \
(\
 \\
 \\
  \ \
   \v
    \

                                  \
                                   \
                                     \
                                     \
                                      \
                                         \
                                                    c,  H-t
                                                    :  ?G
7

-------
                   \
) co,ceo
   Z5.CCC
o-
f
                                                7
                                                                                                                      0» Is



                                                                                                                 V*  A^t v-J

-------
      r T
/.A" «.<'<•
                                           	„ c
—i>
                                                                                                                          --a
                                                                                 __	.— a^i
                                                                                                                                         ci
                                                                                                                                         c   RTi,
                                                                                                                                                   01 M
                                                                                                                                         S    RC  /C
                                                                                                                             Rev

-------
Oi
                                                                                                                 Ci  Ci
                                                                                                    %-*,U<

-------

-------
a  Krt
c  KB
d  R£,

0  RC

-------
                                                                   ./Vv\ 1. ......
     ICC
00
     ioc .ceo
o
4
                                                    —- o ,p
                                                       7
                                                                                                                             n\  LJ cicx
                                                                     O —
5*
7
                             -Rr^ntC

-------
iI.'*'.,i

-------
                                APPENDIX  10
                                                  City  - wide Data  A B'C E F 6
Profitability » (net  income) -  (sales)
Round  Type #
4       RA  30
        RB  10
        RC   6
        HI
        LI
        NS
        BS
        BG
        PS
        PG
        Cl
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
       RA  31
       RB  11
       RC
       HI
       LI
       NS
       BS
       BG
       PS
       PG
       Cl
6
2
2
2
1
1
2
3
1
OLD
.308
.266
.295
.123
.015
.099
.065
.073
-.098
.101
.190
.343*
.294];
.334*
.116*
.131]]
.132*
.036^
• 0721
.159
.078"
.060"
NEW
.314
.267
.287
.122
.081
.096
.077
.071
-.101
.108
.201
•337t
.300*
.328
.083"
.152*
.128*
.006*
.074
-.357"
-.064
.078"
                               Round
30
11
 6
 2
 2
 2
 1
 1
 2
 3
 1

31
11
 6
 2
 2
 2
 1
 1
 2
 3
 1
  OLD

 .331^
 .292^
 .314
 .077"
 .109
 .351^
 .354^
 .357
 .111"
 .145}
 .137^
-.023?
 .075
-.166"
-.136"
 .163
 NEW

 .32lJ
 .284^
 .318
 .097"
 .102
.118
.047"
.071"
.185"
.066"
.129"
,119T
-.020"
.071
-.090
-.074"
.129"
                                                                 .343"
                                                                 .351.
 .331
 .160
 .130^
 .039
 .076
-.454"
-.245"
 .179"*
                                        120

-------
                               Results (part 2)
Growth (percent)
Period
Rounds
4 -
5 -
6 -
4 -
5
6
7
7
Net Worth
OLD
10.05
9.67
6.51
28.54
Cash Balance
NEW
16.61
5.98
8.03
33.51
OLD
-14.15
15.78
13.78
13.10
NEW
-11.37
7.82
- 1.29
- 5.67
City Popul;
OLD 1
11.39 :
11.20 ]
6.42
31.83 :
Liquidity «  (cash balance) ~  (net worth)




                Round                 OLD





                 4




                 5




                 6




                 7
NEW
.374
.292
.308
.329
.411
.312
.318
.290
                                     121

-------
                       Appendix 11             ' '-": y<"U".\>.
900  bflf  '     __________ ...... _. .       .._
910  LPTA .308* .31 ** .C
-------
 1C LAI A .099, .096, • 1 lb, . 1 19, . 13f;, . U:8, . 137, • 13
 UN

u thhEL     29 MAY 71   15:23

THE CfcKKELAIlfcN COEFFICIENT  =   0.983

0.112 SEC.  15 I/O
KEAUY

910 L/A1A .065, . 077 , - . 0*7 , - . 02, - . 036, .00f,-.023, .039
hbN

t feKHEL     29 MAY 71   lb:24

THE CfchhtLAlleN CBEFUCIENI  =   0.913     B^

0. 1 14 bE.C.  1 b 1 /fc
HEADY

910 L-ATA .073, .07 1, .07 1, .07 1, .072, .07^., .075, .076
KLN

CfchhE-L     29  MAY 71   lb:28

THE CfeJhhtLAU^ C0EFFIUEN1  =   0.717

0. 108 SEC.  Ib I /i,
KEALY
910  UA1A -.OVb,-. 101,-. 18b,-.09*-» 159*--357,-.166*--454
KUN

CfchhEL    29 MAY 71   lb:3C

THE  CfchFvE.LA1ieN  COEFFICIENT  =  0.308

0.109  SEC.   15  I /fc
fvEALY

910  LA7A. . 101, - 108, -.066*- .07 *, - . 078, -.064,-. 136, -.2^5
hbN

C0HKEL    29 MAY 71   15:31

THE  CehhELAIIBN CBEFFICIEN1  =  0.9^9

0.112  SEC.   151/0
KEADY

910  LA7A . 19, .201, . 129, • 129*. 06, .078,. 163, • 179
hUN

CfchhEL    29 MAY 71   15:3?

THE  C6hhELATI0N COEFFICIENT  =  0.99     C\

0.117  SEC.   15  1/0
hEALY

                            123

-------
                                                c -:• t k    ^ r •'<. U-vl i : ' • i •>
900 DATA  3
910 DATA  10.05, 16.61, 9.67*5.98, 6.51, 8. 03
KUN

C£hhEL    29  MAY  71   15:35

THE CBKKELAIIfcN  C0EFFICIEN1 =   0.425    A

0*112 SEC.   151/0
h£AI>Y

910 L'ATA  -14. 15*-11. 37* 15.78*7.82, 13.78*-!. 29
hUN
          29 MPY  71   15:36

THE C0hhELA1I£N CEEFFIC1ENT  «   0.907     A  Cr.iK

0.107 SEC.   15  1/0
KEADY

910 UA1A  11.39*10.75*11.2*11.11*6.42*7.97
hUN

CfchhEL    29 MAY  71   15; 37

THE CehhELAllBN C0EFFICIEN1  =   0«99      A ^c
0.110 SEC.   15  1/0
KEADY

900 DATA 4                                     1_ . r. ~. AHu
910 DATA .374, .41 1* .292, .312* .308, .318*.329* .29'      •
KUN                                                   .  k  ,

CfcKKEL    29 MAY 7 1   15:39

THE C0KKELA1IfcN C0EFFICIEN1 =   0.805    r  M,-V,C ,7

0.104 SEC.   15  1/0
KEADY
900 DATA 3
910 DATA .374* .41 1* .292* .312, .308, >318
KbN

CfchfcEL    29  MAY 71  15:40

THE CBfcKELATieN C0EFF1CIEN1  =   0-991     rounds  ^^^

0.109 SEC.   15  1/0
KEADY

                             124

-------
900 DATA  3                                 <~ 'VM    *•«*-'-'<.>. r. r. . -.;.
910 DATA  10.05*11.39*9.67*11.2*6.51*6.42
hUN

CfchhEL     29 MAY 71   15:43

THE CfchhELATIBN C0EFFICIENT =   0.998    A AXT  tvcv-v.  Ci   A  "rr ..^'K-,  .'-•

0.117 SEC.  15 I/O
hEADY

910 DATA  16.61*10.75*5.98*11.11*8.03*7.97
hUN
CfchhEL     £9 MAY 71

THE CehfcELATI0N CKEFFICIENl =   0.234
0.117  SEC.   15 1/0
hEAUY

1*910  DATA  10. 05»-14. 15*9.67* 15.78*6.51* 13.78
C0RhEL     29 MAY 71   15:^9

THE CBhhELAIIBN C0EFFICIEN7 =  -0.533    ^

0.115 SEC.  15 1/0
hEADY

910 DATA 16.61,-! 1.37*5. 98*7. 82*8.03*-!. 29
Ft UN

CEhhEL     29 MAY 71   15: 51

THE C0hhELATI0N C0EFFICIENT =  -0.952    &

0.107 SEC.  15 I/B
hEADY
                                     125

-------
                Chapter VII
      CITY MODEL USAGE FOR COURSES IN

REAL ESTATE AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT PLANNING


                    by

               Maury Seldin
           Professor and Director
         Urban Development Studies
          The American University
                     126

-------
             CITY MODEL USAGE FOR COURSES IN
       REAL ESTATE AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                        Page

BACKGROUND AND DEVELOPMENT                              12S

Instructor                                              128

     Use of Model                                       128
     Use of Model in Research                           131
     Professional Background                            133
Course Development

THE COURSE                                              I42

Course Objectives                                       14 2

Course Structure                                        147

DYNAMICS                                                150

Familiarization with the Model                          150

Trend of Play                                           151

     Economic Base                                      154
     Business Cycle                                     154
     Demographic Analysis                               155
     Housing Market Analysis                            156
     Appraisal                                          157
     Land Use Studies                                   159
Interaction of Students

CONCLUSIONS                                             I62
                           127

-------
         CITY MODEL USAGE FOR  COURSES IN

REAL ESTATE AND  URBAN DEVELOPMENT PLANNING


                            by

                       Maury Seldin
                  Professor and Director
                Urban Development Studies
                 The  American University*


             BACKGROUND  AND DEVELOPMENT

Instructor

      Use of model.   The instructor's  first experience with

gaming was  with CLUG in the fall of  1967, when he taught

a capstone  course  for real estate  majors  in  the  School  of

Business Administration of The American University,  entitled

"Seminar in Real Estate Administration. "  The purpose of

this  integrating seminar was to provide the student  with an

opportunity to bring to bear the substantive knowledge from

various  courses' in  the solution of problems the  student  would

be expected  to face as a  decision-maker.

      CLUG,  a manually operated  Game,  was  comparatively

simple in contrast with the  computerized models such as

City I and City II.   Initially,  the  emphasis was  upon
      *  The author  wishes to acknowledge the assistance  of
Robert P. Jones  in  the preparation  of  the  last section of
this  paper.
                          128

-------
analyses useful in investment  decisions,  for  example, market




analyses, valuations, and  forecasts  of  city growth and  struc-




ture.




      The course  next used the game "Region"  which was  in-




vented during  the 1967-1968  school  year.   "Region"  handled




more variables and  permitted greater  emphasis on analyses




of local  economic structure and the administration of economic




environment.




      One of the doctoral students playing the Game was able




to clearly identify a  complex  set of relationships  structured




in the Model  and tie them to  the existing literature.   In




general,  the  students were able to see how the principles




they had been taught were applied to real world  situations,  or




at least  to  a  simulation of those situations.




      The students in that  graduate class found the urban




environment mismanaged and  impeding the achievement  of




their  objectives.  To  meet the  problem,  they  applied  to the pub-




lic  sector entrepreneurial talents  previously  used in the private




sector.   The  result was a more favorable environment  for their




private interests  and better performance by  the public sector.
                           129

-------
     Based on favorable experience in graduate  classes,  the





Game  "Region" was introducted into  a capstone undergrad-





uate course.   The level of undergraduate student sophistica-





tion -was substantially different.   These  students had a  high





interest  in the Game  but their lack of professional  competence,





as compared to the graduate  students, was  evident.   The





knowledge  they had supposedly acquired  did not come into play





when they  had  opportunities to apply it.   The undergraduates





needed close instruction on the application of principles as





demonstrated  by the Game.   The approach  taken was to as-





sign individual projects to  each student which called for the





analyses necessary to solve a Game problem.    Thus,  the





student had more than an  academic reason  for learning  or





relearning a facet of  the body of  knowledge or the analytical





technique.




     The following  year (1968) the graduate course  used the





City I Model.   The next year (19&9)  a graduate  course  used





the City II Model.  (City I was used  for an undergraduate





class in the Spring of 1970.)   The substance of  this Chapter





will be a description  of the use  of the City Model,  with





emphasis on the  experience of the graduate class in the fall
                          130

-------
of 1970 and the undergraduate class in the  spring  of 1971.

     Use of model in  research. One of the  great  side  bene-

fits of teaching is that the  instructor learns as he teaches.

The  old  adage "If you want to learn a  course,  teach  it, "

proved to be  true.

     At  first, the approach to  instruction was to let  the

student get  the joy of  discovery as he  played the model.  The

student would learn  principles from the Game only to dis-

cover  that he had previously learned them  in a different form.

The  process  taught well but slowly.  In order to  speed up  the

process,  the  instructor  explained  the model and principles

early  in the  semester.  While  the mass  of  explanation was
                  readily
more than could  be /digested, it did permit  the students to

push deeper than they other-wise could  have.   As a result,

questions were asked  on matters not previously covered in

the course.   These questions  turned out to  be  of the same

nature as those  the  instructor was concerned with in his

research.   Indeed, the instructor  first intended to use the

Game  in connection  with an approach to a research problem.

     Many  students  attempted to  conceptualize the relation-

ships  brought to light  by the  events in the  Game.   They
                           131

-------
could then use their understanding of these relationships  in




their decision-making processes.  The real world decision-




maker is in the  same  position,  except that he frequently




operates under the  handicap of a lack of familiarity with the




body  of knowledge.




      The major  thrust of the  instructor's research effort was




to improve  real  estate and  urban development decision-making




on the part of real world decision-makers  as  well  as aspir-




ing students.




      In this case the model served as a useful tool in handling




complex abstractions with which the instructor had to deal.




The  models helped  because they became  progressively closer




to reality,  adding  subsystems  and providing greater detail  in




simulating the urban system.   Thus,  the instructor was  able




to conceptualize  a process  of  managing the urban development




system by conceptualizing the  management  of  the subsystems




and  their coordination.   A  view of the problem of managing




any  subsystem had  to  be related to the  total  system.   By suc-




cessively working  more  complex models, the  instructor-




researcher was  able to  handle the more  complex abstractions




on an incremental basis.   This provided the  basis  for con-




ceptualization of a  major research and demonstration project
                             132

-------
which  is now under  way.

     That  major  research  effort involves an approach  to  urban de-

velopment  planning which applies planning, programming,  and  budget-

ing principles  to  the urban development process.   Of special  importance

are the criteria for balance in the system and methods of administration

where  the  power  to  control the process is strong but fractionalized.  This

approach is  further  described in a paper  entitled "Location of Residential
              1
Development. "

     A major  output of  this approach is  information in a  form usable  to

decision-makers.   The approach relies  substantially on the power  of

information as  it  may be used to  influence decision-makers and  on the
                                                                     •
use of information in the political process.

     The  research on which the instructor is currently engaged  is in

the design  of this  system on  a pilot  basis for Fairfax  County,  Virginia.

An operational  system in the Game or in the  real  world,  or both,  would

provide a useful teaching device not  only for university students  but for

those who  are  making the  decisions  in the public and private  sector.

     Professional  background.  A  set of  value judgments or biases

may have been  visible in the previous discussion.   The value

system is  one   which  holds   that  the   use   of   a  market
     1  Maury Seldin,  "Location  of Residential Development, "  Papers
Submitted to Subcommittee on  Housing Panels  on Housing  Production,
Housing Demands,  and Developing a  Suitable Living Environment,  Part I.
Committee on Banking and Currency,  92nd Congress,  First Session.   U.S.
Government Printing Office,  June, 1971,  pp.  243-262.


                                    133

-------
 mechanism is desirable at  a. basic approach to economic





problems.   While  not the  sole approach,  it utilizes the pur-





suit of self-interest to achieve community objectives.   (It





recognizes  the  important role of government in providing an





environment in which  a  private  sector  can operate.  It fur-





ther recognizes  the  role of  government in supplementing  such





activities where the results  are found wanting.   In addition,





it  recognizes the use  of alternative means where the market





is  not workable  for  various  reasons. )   While this  is no  place





to  expound  various philosophical views, the aforementioned





information will be helpful to  the  reader  in understanding  the





assumptions which underlie  the normative  economic analysis





and hence the  approach  to business and government decision-





making.





      The instructor received his formal education in business





administration.  He has Bachelor  of Science and Master  of





Business Administration degrees  from  the University of Cali-





fornia, Los Angeles,  with majors  in real  estate  and urban





land economics.   His doctoral degree is  from Indiana  Univer-





sity,  School of Business Administration,  in the fields  of  real





estate administration, business-government relations,  finance,





money and  banking,  and applied economic  analysis.  His
                              134

-------
dissertation  for  the  degree of Doctor  of  Business Administra-





tion  was  entitled "An Analysis of the  Impact of the Firm on





Urban Plant Problems. "  That dissertation,  completed  in





I960, explored the thesis  that business firms in pursuing





their objectives  may incidentally lessen  community problems





through  solving  their own problems.





      The professional mission of improving  the  quality of





real estate and  urban development decisions  has led to a





heavy  emphasis  on research  concerned with  improving  insti-





tutional  arrangements for the functioning of a free  society.





The  particular  institutional arrangements under  scrutiny are





those directed toward guiding market  forces  so  that individuals





pursuing  their own objectives will  tend to  contribute toward





the community's achievement of  its objectives.





     Specific research by the author  in  the public sector





areas  includes  the urban development information  system now





being developed  in Fairfax County,  Virginia;  a  recently





completed demonstration project  on a uniform building  permit





system for the  Washington metropolitan  area,  which system





would  provide a data base  for the  aforementioned  systemic





approach to  urban development management;   also a recently
                        135

-------
completed study of the  impact of the construction moratorium





on the  Washington metropolitan area.   Other current or





recent  consulting includes  services rendered to  the  Subcommittee





on Housing of the-  House Banking and Currency  Committee,  and





to the Office of Management and  Budget,  Executive  Office of the





President,  as well as to local planning and  government authorities.





In the private sector,  his  work  includes consulting for developers





and  coauthorship of a recent  book entitled Real  Estate  Investment





Strategy.





      Professional  association activities dealing  with these problems




include service as Vice President and 1970  Program Chairman for





the American Real Estate  and Urban Economics Association (the





theme for the program  having been:  "Meeting  Housing Needs. ")





Other community services  such as  being  President of the George





Washington Chapter of Lambda Alpha  membership on the Urban





and  Regional Affairs  Committee  of the  U.S.  Chamber of Commerce,





indicate a sustained effort to  bridge the gap  between academia  and




real world decision-makers.   The  concern is to keep in touch  with





what  is happening  and to assist in  educating  those who are or  will





be decision-makers,  especially by  aiding them  to understand how





the system operates and how  it may  be improved.
                           136

-------
The  general objective  includes increasing the effectiveness





with which  we use our resources, especially land.   The





improved management of our land resources  is viewed as a





significant aid to the improvement of the management  of  the




other resources.










Course Development





      The real estate curriculum  at  The American University





came into existence some twenty years  ago.   It started with





a Real  Estate Law course transferred from the Sociology




Department at a time  when  there did not seem to be much




interest in  real  estate  and  urban development.   Over  the next




fifteen  years  a series  of courses were  developed which em-




phasized  private sector decision-making.   The sixteen real




estate and urban development  courses offered in  1965  for




graduates and undergraduates  revealed  this  emphasis.   The




capstone  course, an integrating  Seminar in  Real  Estate




Administration,  was added  in  1965.   It used case material





in order  to give the students an  opportunity to integrate




the  substantive knowledge acquired in their  various  courses





and  apply this knowledge to decision-making situations.
                          137

-------
The  thrust  of that course  was  the use of analysis in the ad-

ministrative process,  focussing  on typical  real  estate de-
                                                    i   '•  ' '  •
cisions of valuation, market  analysis, location  studies,

particularly in  the  context of an administrative  problem.

      When  CLUG was  introduced in the  Seminar in 1967,  it

was  possible to use the simplified  model as  a basis for

conducting market analyses.   In the  Game,  the data were

readily available and so the  student could concentrate on

methodology rather than on the time-consuming and difficult

problems of gathering data.    This  was of significant assistance

in teaching because data are not generally available for  all

the various  kinds of analyses useful  to demonstrate an under-

standing of the  body of knowledge.   "Region" provided a more

realistic  model  and the City  models  were substantial improvements

in the stimulation of the environment in which the decisions  were

being  made.

      As the Games were  being developed,  so too was the

course.   The emphasis changed from market analysis,  valua-

tion,  location studies  and  the like, to analyses relating to

the management of the real estate resource.

      One of the great merits inherent in  the study of real
                        138

-------
estate is  that the  resource has  such distinguishing charac-





teristics  that the analysis brings into focus principles which





might otherwise be clouded.   Thus,  the application  of plan-





ning, programming and budgeting techniques  to the  admin-




istration  of  real estate  development  enterprise illustrates the




principles of balance necessary to  get from here  to there.





These same principles apply for the urban development




process.   The  Game is a useful device for explaining these





relationships as rthey apply to both  business management and





land  use  management.   Once  the principles of land use




management are understood,  the management of  the urban




development process may be more  readily grasped.




      The Seminar integrates not only the real estate  decision-




making from the firm-investor  point of view, but also urban





land  decision-making knowledge from, a community  point of




view.  The  relationship between the two is also  subject





matter for  the  course.   While the  title "Seminar in Real




Estate Administration"  thus has become a misnomer, the




course continues to emphasize the  real estate resources,




albeit in  a  context of urban problems as  well as  business




problems.   Considerable  attention  is also given  to  the
                             139

-------
relationship  between the two. While management of the





urban  system is considered  mainly in terms of an environ-




ment in  which to do business, public administrators  would




also find it useful in their work.




     The undergraduate  course entitled "Real Estate  Admin-




istration" in which  the Game has been  used is likewise a




capstone course for the  undergraduate  real  estate major.




Initially, the  Game  did not work  as  well  in this course be-




cause  the students  did not have  sufficient  substantive knowl-




edge to integrate at the  level of  sophistication intended  for




the course.    Attempts to shore up this deficiency have  been




made first by directing the  student to conduct specific  kinds




of analyses  with specific  references  to  the literature.   This




has worked'reasonably well  in that the  students who  have a




reason for wanting  to understand  a particular type of




analysis  do  a good  job in pursuing the  knowledge.  However,




it has  been necessary  to  transform the procedure into  one




in which more  readings  are  programmed into the  course as




the Game progresses.   The  literature  has  not been designed




for this  purpose, and so  the progress,  while  adequate,




still leaves much room for  further development.
                         140

-------
     Because of curriculum changes at the undergraduate





level,  a new  course in urban development is  to  be offered





in the  fall of 1971  ir, which the  Game will be  utilized as a




way  of  introducing the student to the body of  knowledge.  The





old capstone course  -will  go by  the wayside and  a  new course




focussing on investment  decisions  will take its place.   The




elementary course which is intended for  undergraduate





students of various majors in business administration focusses




on the urban  development process.  It is anticipated that it




will  include the  set of readings  closely tied to  the Game




which is used  as a stimulus to the  student pursuing the




knowledge necessary to  improve his decision-making.




     The differences  in  approach  are  related to the dif-




ferences in student profile.   On the one  hand  the  graduate




students are expected  to  be able to  run a city efficiently





and  to do  a good job  of  administering the resources which





they control  in the private and  public  sectors.  "At the




undergraduate  level, on  the other  hand,   students are exposed




to a body  of knowledge whose purpose is to give them  a





liberal  education rather  than professional competency.
                           141

-------
                      THE COURSE


Course Objectives


     The purpose of the course  is to improve the quality  of


real estate  and urban development decision-making through
  i      .

the  use of a body of knowledge.   This objective is sought


through the education of students who are  or may become the


decision-makers.   The  course is designed to give them an


opportunity  to  conduct the analysis which leads to the  decisions


and to  see the consequences of those decisions and subsequent


actions.   This gaming approach  is different from  the term pro-


ject approach in that  in the Game they  make the  decisions and


have the opportunity  to  implement them.   They receive a  feed-


back from their actions.   In addition,  other forces are


constantly at work which  alter the effectiveness of their pro-


grams  for achieving  the objective they set forth.   They therefore


have a learning experience in  how to deal with a changing


environment.   The round-by-round play  gives  them the feed-


back so they get significant experience  in  selecting the type


of analysis  which is  necessary to move  them toward their


objectives.   The allocation of  their time as  well  as  of their


Game  resources is a critical determinant  of the  success


they hope to achieve.


                          142

-------
     The course  is designed to  enable  them to improve their

analytical ability.   It starts out geared to the developer-

investor and others who are primarily  concerned with individual

parcels of real estate.   But as  the  course develops,  it  is

obvious that these decisions must be looked at in  terms of

what the rest of  society is doing.

     The resultant administrative process integrates  decision-

making through the various  disciplines.   As the Game  pro-

gresses the  students  see that  they are  at sufferance  of  the

environment in which business needs to perform its functions.

They  increase their involvement  in the management of  that

environment.   They apply the same  administrative processes

to the  management of that  environment.   They then learn more

about the relationship between business and  society.

     The types of analyses  at the micro-level include market

analysis for shopping centers  which  are  simulated  by

"personal goods" and "personal  service"  industries.  Other

market analyses  are  used for various types of property to be
        i
developed.  Appraisals need  to  be made  for various  purposes.

Business  and property  analyses  are  made in order to improve

profitability of the  enterprises.   Investment portfolio analyses
                              143

-------
are  conducted.   In a sense,  the  economic teams manage a





variety of business enterprises and a portfolio of real estate





resources.   Unfortunately the income to  business and the





income to the real estate  are not separated.  But,  the  stu-





dent is able to explore the application  of principles which he





has learned in  his  real  estate and  business  administration





courses.   He also  finds that human relations  and leadership




qualities  become  important determinants  of  his success.





     At  the macro-level the  objective is to  improve the





student's understanding of how the  system works.   He does





this  by assuming a public  role in which he  does  the planning





and zoning  or provides the transportation facilities  or utili-





ties,  or he may be mayor and coordinate public  sector  efforts.





The  Game  is so devised as  to provide  the feedback which can




be used  as a measure of the quality of performance of  these





various public sector functions.   The student  then  sees  how





the proper  (effective? ) functioning of government  influences the





proper (effective? ) functioning of business,  or perhaps more





correctly how the  improper  (ineffective? ) functioning of





government adversely influences  the proper  (effective? )





functioning  of business.




     Since  the public and private interests become  interwoven,





                             144

-------
the Game provides a good way of demonstrating decision-





making in a society in which there is some community  of





interest between the public and the private.  The  class




determines its  own  standards  of  morality.   A  system of




ethics and law  develops in a way that enables  the  society to




function.   The  set of  values  varies with the student  group,




but whatever the values, they show through in the  operation





of the Game.




      The operation  of  the public sector provides significant





opportunities to apply analytical  techniques  for public de-




cisions in much the same way analytical techniques  can be





used  for  profit-oriented decisions.




      For  example,  a  school  location  decision  is not so





different  from  a shopping center location decison.   Ex-





perience  in  the Game  shows  that the  private sector  decision-




makers do use  that knowledge of analytical techniques for





public  sector decisions.




      The  public sector demonstrates  a  need for balance in




the system.  The balance is  not only in the provision of




public  facilities but also in the private  development  of  the





appropriate  mix of  land uses.
                              145

-------
      One of the great lessons  of the Game and of the course





 is that the  urban development process  may be managed by





 providing an environment in which  the  private decision-makers





 pursuing  their own objectives  respond  to public sector objectives.





 They build  where the facilities are available and  at the best





 place to serve  the  markets.   Since  the public sector  can con-





 trol  the  locations where the facilities become available,  there





 is an opportunity to be socially and politically,  as well as





 economically  responsive.    An efficient system can be developed





by developing balance.





      The inefficiencies become  expensive not only to  the





 developers  but  to the community as a  whole,  so it becomes





 evident that it pays  to have an improved analysis of  the  problems





 of managing the environment in order  to achieve public objectives,





whatever  they  may  be.





     In City II  the  public objective decision-making is compli-





 cated by the presence of  a  separate  social  sector which  is  generally





 muted in  the  classes under discussion.   Some development  may take





place in activating this sector.  But  the  social  sector  receives





little  attention because of the  small size of the  class  and the





entrepreneurial tendencies of the students generally,  as well as





because of  the  selection of  students.
                            146

-------
 Course  Structure





     One view  of how best to educate a student is  to let him





work with a professor for several  years on a one-to-one





basis.    This  will permit guidance of his activities  in read-




ing,  writing,  and  solving  problems,  real  or simulated.   The





feedback permits close attention  to individual  needs.   The




platitudes offered at  commencement time  have some merit.




Formal  education has really  just begun.   Education before




the degree should provide experience,  knowledge and under-





standing  that will continue to grow after graduation.




      The  reason for  not operating  a university on  a one-to-




one  basis is  that it is far too  expensive.   The alternative




is to put students in  groups  and  perhaps  into  classes  and




organized c\irricula so that a body of knowledge  may be




transmitted.   Universities today  may be "so well organized"




that the student-teacher relationship  has gone by the wayside





in the sense  of the student going to  study under-  someone.




This is  less  true at  the  graduate level than at the under-





graduate level,  but the  problem  is the  same.




      The Game provides an  opportunity for the professor





to work with each  and every student on the individual
                          147

-------
students' unique problems.   And while the students are




grouped  together  in  a  class  and live  in this simulated





society which,  for them,  is  very real,  they are also able




to pursue their educational  experience on an individual




basis.   Many students are uncertain about why they want




to acquire;the  body of  knowledge.   Some of them will  simply




proceed on  faith that it is really advantageous to study the




discipline.    The Gaming decision puts them  in a situation




where  they  know why they need  to know.   They are then




receptive to the opportunity  to seek out that understanding.




And while the  courses are taught with lectures explaining




parts of a body of knowledge and reading material  that is




helpful,  there  is a high  degree of contact  in class  between




students and faculty  and indeed among students who go  on to




learn from  each other.




     The case study approach is a halfway measure in this




process.  It provides  a  student  with  the opportunity to




simulate situations and to  discuss them.   They  get involved




in someone  else's problem.   They really don't get the  feed-




back.   In the  Game  they are involved in  their own problem.





They get the feedback.
                        148

-------
     Typically,  at the beginning of the semester  the  student




writes a one-page paper outlining  his  goals and objectives.




He  then  programs his activities in order to  achieve his  ob-




jectives.   The  Game provides a situation in which  he  may




be measured against the standards he sets.




     Over the past few years the  instructor has  experimented




with various  mixes of Games  and  other  techniques.   These




range  from  building the  entire course around the Game  to




programming the Game for one  half of the  course and projects




for the other half.   When  the course was  in  essence all Game,




the students would write many papers demonstrating how they





conducted  their analyses,  showing detailed plans  of what they




were going to do, and the like.    The  middle ground includes





a ceavy  lecture schedule and  the use of the  Game to illus-




trate specific points.  The minimal use of the  Game occurred




when term papers were assigned separately  from the  Game.




This meant  there were very  few of the  short papers  in  the




Game,  but a heavy assignment on the project.   The discus-





sion made use  of the Game  for the Model.




      The  instructor's preference  depends on  the  objectives




in view.   When the  purpose is to  teach analytical techniques,
                           149

-------
many short papers work out bcrt.  When the goal is to





develop a professional competence in some particular





dimension,  the  term paper works  well  when the Game  is





used  as  a  frame of reference.   When the  idea  is  to  convey





a general understanding  of the urban  system  and decision-





making within it,  the best  combination  consists  of the Game





plus the reading and some modest papers.










                         DYNAMICS




Familiar iz..tion with the Model





      The student  is  introduced to  the Model through  the use





of a film,  lectures,  and the City Manual.   The film shows





the excerpts of a previous play  of the Game  and gives a





brief narration  of what to  expect.   This film is supplemented





by lectures which emphasize  acquiring  knowledge and apply-





ing various tools  of  analysis  in  order to  improve  decision-





making.   Also, the students are requested to read the





City Manual to  familiarize themselves with its  extensive





technical  contents.




    The technical  nature of City II makes an  understanding





of the urban system depend upon a working knowledge of
                             150

-------
this  particular  Model.  After  the  completion of  one or two




rounds,  supplemented with staff assistance as to the opera-




tion  and certain basic  relationships,  the majority of the




students are questioned (and invited to ask questions)  on how




the urban  system  operates.   The  purpose of this  session  is to




give each  individual player a  broader conception of his  role




and  the  roles  of other  players in the system.   The subsequent




sessions provide  repeat opportunities to  increase  familiarity




with the operation  of the Model and  the real urban  system.









Trend _of Play




      Armed with the technical knowledge  and a  simplistic




view of  the urban environment,  ths student is encouraged to




develop  an administrative approach utilizing the framework




implicit in the planning-programming-budgeting  systems




approach.   The student is  expected to:




      1.   Define his general GOAL which  is OUTPUT  ORIENTED,




      2.   Identify OBJECTIVES which indicate conditions or




          levels which  must be obtained or  maintained to




          successfully  reach the designated  GOAL,




      3.   Draft PROGRAMS which  are  designed  to achieve  the




          standards set by the various OBJECTIVES.
                             151

-------
      4.   EVALUATE  THE PROGRAMS  to  determine their

          effectiveness (in cost/benefit terms) as compared

          to alternative  programs.

      As an example,  one student's  interpretation of his politi-

cal role in the  urban  system  is abstracted as follows:

          POLITICAL  GOAL   School Department

          Develop  a school  system comparable  to the best
          in the nation,  which  will provide high quality,
          accessible and meaningful educational experience
          to the people of Blue City.

          OBJECTIVE  #1

          Maintain  the pupil/teacher ratio  at less than  15/1.

               Program §1

                Using population growth  projections,  determine
                future  student  levels.  Hire middle  and high
                income teachers,  at the  optimum mix,   to meet
                this demand.

                Program  #2

                Redistrict  school boundaries to better utilize
                existing  resources.
                            152

-------
                Program #3

                Construct new  schools  or add to existing
                facilities as projected.    (Specific  round-
                by-round projections  are used. )
           OBJECTIVE  #2

           Keep unmet demand for adult education at less
           than  10% of the total demand.

                Program #1

                Similar  to  those for OBJECTIVE #U


      It can  be  seen from this example that the School

Department  has:

      1.   A definite goal  (to be the best)

      2.   Identified meaningful standards  of  performance

          (student/teacher ratio of 15/1 and unmet demand

          for adults  at  10% or less)

      3.   Determined approaches  to  achieve  these standards

          (population projections,  new  construction,  redis-

          tricting,  etc.)

      Some of the  various types of analyses  which were employ

by a  number of the  decision-makers as described in the discus

which follows indicate that most analyses  performed

                              153

-------
fall under the  Program category.




     Economic base.    Fundamental  to many papers which




analyzed  Blue  City  for  various  reasons was  the  determination




of why the  city is growing.   The recommended  readings  in




Wilbur Thompson's  Preface  to Urban Economics had drawn




attention  to "export base"  theory and the students  were   able




to identify the following components  of the economic base of




Blue City.




                    SALES  TO THE NATIONAL  ECONOMY




                            (in millions)
INDUSTRY
LI
HI
NS
1
$203
$470
$208 .
$881
YEAR
3
$233
$528
$215 .
$976
5
$223,
$530
$323
$1, 076
7
$234
$503
$526
$1, 263
     , This is  a useful  exercise but its impact on decision-




making  is minimal unless it  is used in  conjunction with




the other data.




      Business cycle.  Export  base analysis,  since  it is




dependent upon sales of goods and  services  outside the
                              154

-------
local economy, must be  supplemented by  an analysis of  the





condition of the national  economy.   This provides  a  useful





yardstick for measuring  economic performance.   By  chart-




ing the prices paid for basic industry output, the  return on





investments and the interest  rate  on loans and bonds,  the




students were able to determine which phase of the  business





cycle they  were in.   Most correctly identified the downtrend




of the recession.    This may have been  one  reason for the




general  hesitation of investors  to  make  large capital  invest-




ments in Blue City.





      Demographic analysis. Other basic studies,  important to




public and  private decision-makers,  concerned the tracing of




population growth  and projecting future  levels.  Other trends




that were investigated included:   employment  (total),  employ-




ment distribution  by  industry, unemployment rates and income




distribution.  All  these data  were readily available and in a us-




able form but it was concealed among mountains of other figures.





Here again the PPBS format guided the student to  assemble




only the pertinent facts and disregard peripheral information.
                             155

-------
     Housing market analysis.   Another basic tool of the

decision-makers of Blue  City,  important in any geographic

area where dwelling units are in competition with one  another

as alternatives  for the users of housing, was the housing

market analysis.   It  incorporates many of the  previously

mentioned types of analyses:  economic base,  employment

trends, income distribution  and population  analysis.  An

additional component  of a housing market analysis  is the

housing stock or  inventory.   The magnitude of the total

housing stock in terms of dwelling units,  reflecting changes

over time,  is  one of the  most  significant items of the re-

ported data.  In the example cited below the student goes

one step  further by identifying the change in distribution

of the  inventory by structural type.

                    HOUSING INVENTORY
                   (level  of  development)

TYPE  OF DWELLING                  YEAR
                              1            47  (current)
Single  Family  (RA)          101           115           123

Garden Apt. (RB)             24           31            37

Hi-Rise Apt. (RC)           668
                           156

-------
     Equipped with this  knowledge, plus awareness of va-





cancy rates,  rents,  property values,  and financial  market





conditions,  the  private  developer could make a rational  de-





cision as to the advisability of a housing investment.





     Appraisal.  Appraisal  theory was also utilized on a





number of occasions  to  aid prospective purchasers and  sellers





as to the market value of particular  parcels  of land.   The





data needed for  the  three approaches to "alue were available





to the  student appraiser.





     In the application  of the  cost  approach:





         1.   An  indication of the  value of the land was  avail-





             able on  the "market value of privately owned





             land" sheet.





         2.   Costs to reproduce the structure new  could





             be  obtained from the local  construction industry





             and the  outside economy.





         3.   The amount of physical  depreciation was  indi-





             cated on the individual economic output sheets.





     In  applying the  income approach,  the  appraiser has:





         1.   Estimated  the  gross income  by tracing the
                             157

-------
                 economic history of the property and  analyz-




                 ing anticipated changes in the environment.




          2.     Estimated the operating expenses in the  same




                 manner.




          3.     By subtraction,  computed the  net income before




                 recapture (depreciation).




          4.   Developed or  selected an  acceptable method and




                 rate for  capitalizing the  net income.




      In  applying the market data approach,  the appraiser has:




          1.   Found similar properties in the area for which




                 pertainent sales,  rental and operating data




                 are available.




          2.     Qualified the  price as to terms and bona fide




                 nature.




          3.     Compared the important  characteristics of




                 the subject with the corresponding  characteris-




                 tics  of each of the comparables, by time,




                 location,  and physical factors.




      The student would then select the approach which is most




applicable  to  the subject property  and determine a final  valuation.
                             158

-------
     Land use  studies.   One  final group of analyses  began

to emerge in the later rounds of the development of Blue

City.   Urban land studies including   surveys of the intensity

of land and  residential development,  vacant land studies,

structural and environmental quality  indexes,  land  value  studies,

availability of park land and general livability  studies, showed

that unstructured growth  of  the  city  caused numerous urban

problems.   In this  example, intensive  residential development

occurred along the  main  western and southern arteries,

causing  disproportionate traffic  congestion,  school  overcrowd-

ing, poor  municipal services  and  general social dissatisfac-

tion.   Observing this  degeneration,  the zoning department

initiated a comprehensive master  plan for  the  staged growth
                                  i
of Blue  City.   This plan, coupled  with the  support and corres-

ponding  plans  of the other departments,  has insured the  future

life of Blue  City.  By proper management of the urban en-

vironment the inefficiencies  due to imbalance can be  minimized.

No longer would the public  sector  blindly  respond to the

actions of the private  sector;   now the public  sector  would

stimulate  or channel growth where it deemed it most bene-

ficial for  the  city as  a whole.
                              159

-------
Interaction of  Students





      The  dynamics of the Game consist of the series of





analyses  and decisions  of the types  just described and of





development of interpersonal relationships leading to group





action through a political and social process.





      The  students play the Game generally through  the  eco-





nomic role.   Thus often  results in a minimum of student





interaction early in the course  because of the nature of





many economic decisions.   That  is  to say that economic





decisions are  viewed  as beneficial only to the team  making





the decision.  Unnecessary  interrelations are  thus avoided





for the sake of secrecy.   Most players use  the  guise of





ignorance  when talking  with  their peers early  in  the  course





and their limited contacts are usually attempts to acquire





knowledge.




     However,  as the player s1 comma nd  over the technical





content increases, so does their awareness of the necessity





of a properly functioning  system.   The player realizes  that





his economic aspirations  will not be achieved  unless his





public counterpart can create a suitable  "service-rich"
                            160

-------
environment in which  he can operate.  One or two  students





generally emerge  quickly  with  an extensive grasp of the




system and  its technical content  and assume the role of




educator.   In  the  course last spring one student had had




previous  exposure with  the model and was quite  familiar with




its  operation.   In a fashion similar to the old ward politicians




this student would dispense favors,  in this  case  the patronage




was in the  form of technical explanations,  to gain the  initial




respect of his constituents.   Needless to  say,  it was a simple




matter for  him to insure  his election to  the mayoralty  of the




City.





     As time  passed,  and the  other players came to under-




stand their  role and the roles of others,  they began to  realize





that the mayor,  although helping the city to function,  was





insuring his own  economic prominence at their expense.  The




coup d'etat  was swift.   The era  of the ward politician had




passed and  with this  passing came the emergence of the




city-manager.   The political cooperation which grew from




this new  regime eventually led to full appreciation of the




efforts of others  and opened  up higher levels  of  discussion




concerning  city-wide  urban problems.







                           161

-------
                        CONCLUSIONS








     As is taught  in the Game,  the  conclusions  drawn would





be relative to  objectives.   If the objective is to stimulate the




student to  "dig,"  i.e.,  search  out the knowledge  he needs,  then





our experience indicates great success.   If  the objective is to





convey  a  body of knowledge,  then  our experience indicates  that





more developmental work  is needed  in order to  program





instruction  necessary to communicate the body  of knowledge.





     In the politics of progress, university  style,  any curri-





culum  without  quantitative  methods,  human  type  studies,  com-




puter usage and gaming  is  simply not with  it.  It  is  as  much




a case  of fashion and politics as it is of curriculum  and





pedagogy.   The  process,  even in this  cynical view,  does





however improve the effectiveness of what universities  are




presumably doing.





     If,  as in the  view expressed earlier,  the best way to





teach and learn  is on a one-to-one basis,  then 'the  Game is




a great innovation.   This is so  not only because there  is





more time  on  a one-to-one ratio of teacher  student where





the teacher is  the  professor,  but there is  a vast increase





in the  amount  of the one-to-one  teacher  student  time  where







                              162

-------
the students teach each  other.





     Much  depends on the philosophy  or  assumptions, if





you wish.   For  those that hold,  what some believe  to be




an archaic  view, that the  professor knows all, the  student




nothing,  and let the students come listen,  these  conclusions




on Game experience  will be  way  off base.  But,  for  those who




really believe  that  commencement  is the beginning of some-




thing,  not the  end,  and  that the  educational preparation




involves more of a student's learning than a professor




teaching, then the conclusion  is  that the  Game is a  great




contribution in the  form of providing the attractively




packaged opportunity  for the student to do what we  believe





he ought to  do (attractively  packaged or  not).




      If the waves of  change in university education are




following the pattern  of the  waves  of  change in other




areas  of human activity, be it the increase in the speed with




which man travels,  or  his abilities to produce,  control and




use  sound and light,  or even  his abilities  to  solve  social





science  problems,  then university education  will take dif-




ferent forms.    There is much to be done  with the  Game  as





an instructional device  but there  is much that has already





been done with  it as  a  learning  device.






                         163

-------
               Chapter VIII


               THE USE OF THE

          CITY MODEL AT GEORGETOWN*
              Philip Patterson
                Envirometries
           1100 17th Street, N.W.
           Washington, B.C. 20036

                     and

           Department of Economics
            Georgetown University
            Washington, D.C.  2007
*Support for this project was provided under a grant
from the National Science Foundation — Grant Number
Y008433
                      164

-------
                  CITY MODEL AT GEORGETOWN

                     Table of Contents
                                                               Page

I.    Introduction
                                                                167
      A.   Personal Background                                  -,._
                                                                lo /

      B.   Course Description and Class Composition             168


II.    The Course

      A.   Purpose of the Course                                17Q

      B.   Course Structure                                     171

           1.   Influence of Previous Experience                171
           2.   The Schedule                                    172
           3.   Summary of Experience in Following the Schedule 175


III.  The Play of the Model                                     177

      A.   Overview                                             177

      B.   General and Departmental Indicators                  180

      C.   Frequency of Decisions                               185

      D.   The Economic Sector                                  187

      E.   The Social Sector                                    188

      F.   The Government                                       190

      G.   Summary                                              191


IV.    Conclusions, Recommendations and Suggestions              192

      A.   Conclusions                                          192

      B.   Recommendations                                      19 4

           1.   Classroom Use — General                        194
           2.   In an Economics Course                          196
           3.   In an Urban Seminar-Laboratory Course           197

      C.   Suggestions                                          197
                              165

-------
                                                                Page





APPENDICES






A.    Rules for CLUG                                             199



B.    Research Papers                                            203



C.    Reading Reports and Reading List                           212
                            166

-------
I.   Introduction

     A.  Personal Background

         I began an active involvement in urban economics
in 1964 when I was   graduate fellow to the single graduate
urban course in the Economics Department at Georgetown
University.  Five years later, in the Spring of 1969, I
began teaching the second graduate urban course to be offered
in economics — The Simulation of Urban System: Econ. 484.

         I have continued to teach a Spring course under that
title ever since.  I have however, never been a fulltime
teacher at the university.  The class in 1969 was held at the
simulation facilities of the Washington Center for Metropolitan
Studies and used the CITY I* model as a laboratory device.
This first course was subsidized in part by the WCMS through
the provision of free computer time, computing services and
space.  During the course of the semester, the Urban Systems
Simulation staff (of which I was a member) at WCMS spun off
and formed an independent company called Envirometries.

         The 1970 course was held at the simulation facilities
of Envirometrics, and again, CITY I was used as an integral
part of the laboratory seminar format.  This time it was
Envirometrics that subsidized the overhead costs associated
with the use of the computerize model.

         When the grant from the National Science Foundation
was given to Envirometrics to test the use of the CITY MODEL
in several different disciplines at several universities, I
was very happy to participate on the part of Georgetown
University.  There was probably no way that I could have con-
tinued to use a computerized urban decision-making model in
my course without institutional support.  This was because
none of the desired models could be run at the university
computer center with no out-of-pocket cost.

         Prior to the beginning of the 1970 course, I had
been involved in designing and using urban decision-making
models for about four years — first as a member of the
Urban Systems Simulation staff (developers of CITY I) and
then as a member of the Envirometrics staff  (developers of
CITY II, CITY III, and CITY MODEL).  As one of the designers
of the CITY MODEL and as one of the staff that had run the
model on many occasions, I had many ideas about how I would
like to use it.  The NSF project gave me a chance to try one
of the several alternatives I thought would be very beneficial
to a group of students.

*CITY I was funded in large part by a contract from the Office
of Construction Services of the U.S. Office of Education
                             167

-------
     B.  Course Description and Class Composition

         Figure 1 shows the course syllabus.  Note that no
prerequisites were required and that students form other
disciplines were courted.  The assignments and term paper
associated with course, were meant to discourage any student
not willing to work on a continual basis during the entire
semester.

         Since the course uses a combination seminar (dis-
cussion) - laboratory  (decision-making and policy-testing)
approach, it was desirable to keep a small class size.
After the first two classes, seven students dropped the
course leaving eleven persons for the rest of the semester.
Undergraduates were allowed to take the course if they
received permission.  Several did, and the following make-up
of students by rank resulted:  six graduates, three under-
graduates and two graduate auditors.  All were economists
but two: a planner with eighteen years of experience and a
philosophy professor working on a master's degree in economics.

         Several of the students held fulltime jobs: one as
a banker, another for the U.S. Treasury Department, one
student, Bob Ried, was assigned to the class as the university's
fellow, which meant he was to aid in the course in any way
designated by the instructor.
                           168

-------
                     Figure 1

                      SYLLABUS
Economics 484.:  Simulation of Urban Systems
                Phil Patterson
                Department of Economics, Georgetown University

Prerequisites:  None.  Students from other disciplines are
                welcome .

Objectives of the course:

    This seminar-laboratory course will focus on decision-
making in an urban environment through the use of a com-
puter-based gaming model.  The course will deal explicitly
with the major subsystems of the urban system, such as
employment, transportation, migration, housing, activity
systems , the provision of government services and their
financing, and others.

Methods of Instruction^

    The CITY MODEL, an operational simulation model will
be used as the laboratory device for studying the urban
system.  Students will become decision-makers in a hypo-
thetical metropolitan area.  They will be able to pursue
whatever objectives they wish and use whatever discipline
tools they find helpful.

Assignment and Term Paper

    There will be three reading reports and several other
assignments of a research nature assigned during the
semester.  A research paper will be required that deals
with a specific urban issue.

Required Texts ;

1.  Thompson, Wilber R.  A Preface to Urban Economics.
    Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press, for Resources
    for the Future, Inc., 1965.   ($2.95 softback copy)

2.  Perloff, Harvey S. and Lowdon, Wingo Jr. editors.
                                Baltimore-. The Johns
      _-___
    Hopkins "Press", " for  Resources  for  the  Future, Inc.,
    1968.  ($5.00  softback  copy)
Location
    The course will be  conducted at the  simulation
 facilities of Envirometrics ,  Inc.,  on  the  fourth  floor
 of 1100 Seventeenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C, 20036..
 The class will meet at  6:30 each Wednesday.
                             169

-------
II.  The Course

     The operation of the course was strongly influenced by
my previous two uses of the CITY I model in similar circum-
stances.  There were, however, fewer changes to the purposes
of the course than to the structure of the course.

     A.  Purpose of the Course

         The single overriding purpose of the course was to
provide the students with an opportunity to learn by being
placed in a position of decision-making authority.   Some of
the general things to be learned were:

         1.  The use and applicability of the box of theo-
             retical tools they had acquired in other classes,

         2.  The workings of a complex systems model that was
             designed to be a simplified reflection of the
             real world urban system,

         3.  The importance of goals and norms in policy-
             making and in the life of any urban area,

         4.  The competitive and cooperative nature of deci-
             sions in the economic, social and governmental
             sectors of any. metropolitan area.

         Several more specific goals of the course were to:

         1.  Acquaint the students to some of the basic
             literature in urban economics.

         2.  Provide through reading lists and class reading
             reports some insight into the literature in sys-
             tems theory, model building, and educational
             games.

         3.  Encourage original thought through the writing
             of a research paper in a topic of the students'
             choosing.

         4.  Use the CITY'MODEL as ;the integrating element
             for all the activity that took place in the
             course.

     The last goal was of particular importance since past
experience had shown that a holistic model of this type could
be helpful in relating the theoretical literature to every-
day urban issues and problems.  In fact, my own understanding
and interpretation of the literature had changed dramatically
once I had become involved in designing and operating complex
urban decision-making models.
                         170

-------
     B.  Course Structure
                   !

         1.  Influence  of  Previous Experience

             Even  though the  CITY MODEL  is  a much more powerful
tool than the CITY I model that  I had  used  in my previous two
courses, I did not depart  radically  from the format I would
have used had I still been using CITY  I.  My previous two
semesters convinced me  to  use a  few  strategies  that I would
have used regardless of the model employed.

             First, start  playing the  game  as early as possible
but preceed it by  the more simple manual game of CLUG  (Communi-
ty Land Use Game).!/  The  reason for starting play early is that
almost any urban issue  that comes up in  the course can be re-
lated to the model (either to a  factor contained in the model
or as a factor that could  be  added to  the "game" or to the
•model" ).2/   The reason for starting with CLUG  instead of CITY
MODEL is that a few students  tend to make serious mistakes
based upon a misunderstanding of the model  in the first or
second round of play that  plague them  for the rest of the
semester.  By playing CLUG first, these  students have the
chance to make the  mistakes,  and learn from them  (e.g., over-
building personal  goods because  they do  not realize that all
sales must be made locally, or purchasing land  at inflated
prices miles away  from  roads  or  terminals) .

             Second, maintain a  seminar  atmosphere by having
periodic discussion in  which  all students were  encouraged to
participate.  This  was  to  assure that  each  student took a stand
on whatever topic  the discussion dealt with.

             Third, allow  the momentum and  interests of the
class to alter any  pre-planned schedule  for an  individual class
meeting.  When a lively class discussion developed and i-c
appeared to be constructive,  it  was  allowed to  run its course.
i/ Developed by Allan Feldt, now  at  the Universir.y of Michigan

£/ A useful distinction can be made  between  the  "model" and
"game" components of a run of the CITY MODEL.  Strictly speaking
the type of inputs, the operating programs,  and  the computer out-
put comprise the model.  These do not change from one run r.o
another.  The starting city configuration, the allocation of
assets to teams, the allocation of players to teams, the norms
of the players, the institutions  they create, and the win crite-
ria they establish comprise the "game."  Together /they tend
to be unique for each group of users of the  CITY MODEL. ,
                           171

-------
          A major difference between CITY I and CITY MODEL from
the player viewpoint is the number of sectors.  CITY I has an
economic and government sector.  CITY MODEL has those two plus
a social sector.  With CITY I I had always had one or two per-
son teams that played the economic and government sectors simul-
taneously.  I decided to play CITY MODEL with one or two person
teams that would play all three sectors simultaneously.  But
because each sector is quite complex, I opted for introducing
the sectors one at a time; economic in round 1, social in
round 2, and government in round 3.  More will be said about
this later.

         2. ,  The Schedule

             A rough class by class schedule was prepared
before the start of the semester, but no schedule was pre-
sented to the student until the fourth class meeting.  The
following is  a short description of what happened during the
first four meetings.  Deviations from the semi-formal
schedule will follow after that.  The fourteen class meetings2/
are identified by small Roman numerals.

             i.  The first class meeting started with the
students filling out a questionnaire.               The next
step was to discuss games of sport in terms of the character-
istics in Figure 2.  Each student first chose a sport and
then we went down the list and talked about how each sport
dealt with each characteristic.  It did not take long to see
that even the limited subset of games of sport showed tremen-
dous variation in game characteristics.  The students differed
on what they considered chance factors in sports, spatial
boundaries, and overall purpose.

                 The second part of the meeting was spent play-
ing CLUG.  I  had modified the game slightly and compressed the
rules into a few pages (Appendix A) and play took place on xeroxed
maps of the game board.  Game money from two sets of Monopoly
supplied the  only other needed materials  Two separate games
were conducted simultaneously because there were 14 students
and I wanted each student to be a separate team.  Play was
quite lively.
  ±7Class began at 6:30 and was scheduled to end at 8:15, but
we seldom broke up before 9:30.


                         172

-------
                                         Figure 2
CHARACTERISTICS OF GAMES
     Players

         Number
         Objectives
         Skill
         Preparation
         Energy or Strength
         Overall Purpose
         Chance Factor

     Physical Apparatus

         Equipment
         Player Clothing
         Space (boundaries)
         Weather Conditions

     Game Structure

         Rules
         Pay-offs
         Resources
         Calculations
         Referee

     Time

         Starting and Stopping
         Cycle
         Real Time and Game Time

     Zero or Non-Zero Sum
                          173

-------
 ii.   The second  meeting was  spent  continuing the play of CLUG,
 Two  new students came  and they  were  both assigned to the
 same city.   Since they came  in  during a middle  of a round,
 they had no  land and therefore  they  had to purchase from
 other players.   I gave these two new teams the  option about
 an hour .after  the start of class to  invest in the other city
: if they wished.   They  did not choose to do so,  but this
 would be an  interesting idea to test with regard to CLUG or
 the  CITY MODEL.   Have  several different plays going simul-
 taneously, and allow a few teams to  represent national
 businesses that  can  choose to invest in one of  several dif-
 ferent local systems.

 iii.   Play of  CLUG stopped and  I asked for ideas on how the
 students might build a model starting from the  CLUG frame-
 work.  . The discussion  did not prove  as useful as it had in
 a previous course when the same technique was tried.   Maybe
 the  reason was that  I  did not request that a one page written
 description  of a CLUG  modification be handed in as I had
 before./

       I discussed the  process that the staff at Envirometrics
 took  to evolve from  CLUG to  Region to City I and then to CITY
 MODEL.   I passed out some materials  that compared the four
 models.

       I then distributed copies of the players'  manual and
 first,round  output for the economic  sector only.  I told
 the  class to prepare for playing the economic sector at
 the next meeting.

 iv.   The fourth  meeting saw  the start of the economic
 decision-making.   The  confusion level was high  during Round
 2, .but the small number of students  and the liberal amount
 of time .made my  job  easier,  even if  it may not  have helped
 them.   I  passed  out  the schedule for the remainder of the
 course and spent about twenty minutes explaining the social
 sector.

      The  plan  for the  remaining ten  class meetings is now
 presented, and comments on how  close reality followed the
 plan  will follow in  a  summary section.

 v.    Discuss the major social sector operating  programs
 (migration,  housing, employment, time allocation,  school
 allocation,  transportation,  and boycott).  Play Round 3.
 Elect government.

 vi.   Hold a  town meeting (discuss  public sector).   Start
 government decision-making.   Play  Round 4.  Read Chapters 7
 and  9 in Thompson.

 vii.  Systems reading reports due.  Each student will discuss
 his  report and class will comment.  Play Round  5.


                           174

-------
 viii.   Final determination of research paper assignments.
 Play Round 6.   Read Chapter 5 in Thompson.

 ix.  _   Model reading reports due.  Discuss.  Read Britton
 Harris's  article in Issues in Urban Economics.  Presentation
 of Urban  Dynamics Model.'	

 x.      Play Round 7.  Read Dick Netzer's article in Issues
 in Urban  Economics.                                 	—

 xi.     Game reading reports due.  Discuss.   Play Round 8.

 xii.    Discuss  decision-making in the previous rounds.   Talk
 about  Zero Population Growth Policy, Master Planning,  New
 Town Development,  etc.  Read Werner Hirsch's article in
 Issues  in Urban Economics.

 xiii.   Play final Round.   Read Julius Margolis's article in
 Issues  in Urban Economics.

 xiv.    Research reports due.   Debriefing of entire course.
 Complete  critique questionnaires.

3.  Summary of Experience in Following the Schedule

Class v.  went according to plan.  The election was not a
very realistic or dynamic exercise.  One person sought the
Chairman position and got it.  He appointed a bureaucracy
on the basis of assigning government jobs to the first
students that asked for them.

Class vi.  followed the plan, but  the town meeting was not
an exciting event.  This is probably due to the small class
size and the lack of strong competing objectives among the
teams.   Each team had an economic function, a social func-
tion, and a government function,  so the teams were more similar
than different.
                            175

-------
Class vii was devoted almost entirely to the systems reports.
Computer output was passed out but decisions were not made.

The first part of Class viii was spent discussing final re-
search paper assignments.  Round 5 was played.

Class ix was spent discussing the students' reports on other
urban models.  There was not enough time for a round of play
because Harris1 article was discussed in some detail.

Class x had a presentation of the Urban Dynamics model by
Bob Reid and myself.  Netzer's article was not discussed.
Round 6 was played.

Class xi saw the students make their reports on other gaming
models.  Mo round was played.

Class xii saw the play of round 7 but discussion of Zero
Population Growth, the other topics, and Kirsche's article
was minimal.

Class xiii saw the final round of play.  In a sense some
end game strategy was allowed because no one made any con-
struction decisions  (since they would not appear on the next
output).  Margoli^s article was not discussed.

Class xiv was spent debriefing the course and filling out a
final questionnaire.  Only two research papers were received
at this time.  The remainder came in within a month after the
last class.

      In sum, the class was not able to discuss as many of
the readings as had been planned, the game play took the greater
part of any class in which a round was played, and the student
reading reports were more time consuming than planned.  Better
use could have been made of fully analyzing the Bluecity
status, with less time spend summarizing the student reports.
                              176

-------
III.  The Play of the Model

      A.   Overview

           The model was run seven times after the receipt of
Round 1 output which means that play ended with a Round 8
output.  Since the model was run with teams operating Con-
struction Industries, there was a round delay for all con-
struction.  Therefore, in the final round no construction
decisions were made.  In Round 1*, only economic decisions
were made.  In Round 2, economic decisions and social de-
cisions were made.  The first full round of play in which
the students assumed full decision-making power was Round 3.
Thus, the full range of the model was available to the stu-
dents for four rounds of play (Rounds 3, 4, 5, and 6).

           Teams were comprised of one or two members and were
matched alphabetically in the economic and social sectors
(i.e., Economic Team A was also Social Team AA, etc.).  Govern-
ment positions were changed once  (at the end of round 5) , thus
allowing each team to exercise two government functions.

           Figure _3_ shows the population growth for George-
town** over the seven rounds of decision-making.  The total
population growth of 68 percent was quite large in terms of
real life cities.  This total growth over seven rounds con-
verts to an annual rate of growth of 7.7 percent and places
Georgetown up in the fast growing class of cities such as
Phoenix, San Jose, For Lauderdale, Las Vegas, and several
other cities during the decade of the sixties.

          • Figure 4_ shows several indicators for Georgetown
over the eight simulated years.
      *For convention, "In Round 1" or  "Round 1 decisions" will
refer to decisions that were made to create a Round 2 output.

     **The Georgetown University play of Blue City will be
referred to as "Georgetown" to distinguish it from the other
plays.
                              177

-------
                                                   FIGURE 3


                              POPULATION  GROWTH IN  THE CITY OF  GEORGETOWN


                                                  (log scale)
ro
         'i-

         Q
         .!

         £  Zoo
         o


                                                   i  i
                             >	

                       • - -I   ;
                             I

_L_

                                                         i.:

                                                      i  P i i


                                                                                  .i
                                                                                  i
                                                                               	;	j	
                                                                          ^..i
                                                                                                   '
                                                                                                  • •I
                                                                                                  •;.
                                                                                                  . i

                                                                         —1__
                                                                               _._:j


                                                    -;'
                                              ROUMp
                                                .J_
                                                 7

1..J	

   8

-------
                          FIGURE 4

                   GEORGETOWN INDICATORS
% Change
in Population
                                            Round

                        1     2      345678
  0
                  10    19    13
Population Per
Residential
Square Mile
1940   1942  1972  2127   2326   2546   2430
Average Housing
Dissatisfaction
 NA
112   109   107   108    90    93
Average Educational
Level                  60
         57    57     57     54     59     58
Vacancy Rate
                       3     -9     -3
Employed Workers
(thousands)
81.6   81.4   88.7   95.9   107.9  126.0  136.0
Percent of
Workers Earning
Under $5000
  38
 38
37    33    36    31    34
                               179

-------
      B.   General and Departmental Indicators

           Several useful city  indicators that are not contained
in the summary Demographic and  Economic Statistics are shown
in Figure 5_.  The indicators appear in the Figure in the
same sequence as they appear in the output.  For example,
the first information after Edits is the details on migration.
The key indicator in the Georgetown City is the in-migration,
because jobs were always available in all three classes for
Rounds 4, 5, and 6.  It appears very erratic, but this is
primarily due to the amount and type of newly constructed
housing.  For example, in Round 5 mostly, PL's moved in, and
the only new housing constructed was completely occupied
by Pi's.  In Round 6, mostly PH's moved in, and this was be-
cause the new RC2 at 10826 was  filled to over capacity by
one PM and 59 PH's.  Likewise,  the new level of RB at 9236
was filled with 7 PH's.  In other words, if housing had not
been in short supply, the in-migration by round would have
been even for the three classes.
           A very useful indicator can be derived from the Em-
ployment Details.  Pi's by class employed by SC, MS, or BUS
pay a systemwide calculated average transportation cost and take
an average amount of time to go to work, since the actual cost
and time cannot be derived due  to the fact that there is no
specified location for SC, MS,  or BUS jobs.*  Therefore, the
transportation cost and time for employees of these government
jobs give a useful measure of changing costs by class and
over time.  Since the calculated average figure takes into
account other Pi's that use cars, or buses  (and/or rapid rail
if one exists) , or walk to work.  Thus, a declining dollar
cost over time such as existed  for PL's from Round 1 to Round
5, would represent such things  as more bus ridership, more
walking to work  (Pi's working at adjacent parcels), or  reduced
highway congestion.  In general, lower values would be bene-
ficial to the social sector.

           The average transportation costs  (which are based on
last round's data) reached their lowest point in Round 5, the year
after bus ridership reached its maximum value.  The change
between Round 2 and 8 was detrimental to all but the PL class.
The average PH in Round 8 was spending 32 percent more and
the average PM 47 percent more  to get to work than in Round 2.
The transportation sector of the local system certainly did
not serve these citizens welll   The average travel time to
work was stable at 5 units for  all the rounds except the last
when it jumped to 6.  Thus, the average worker was spending 20
      *The SC and MS departments hire Pi's and then assign
them to individual SC and MS units.  Pi's are not hired by
the individual SC and MS units.
                              180

-------
                        Figure  5
G. U. Indicators







Round
Migration (Pi's)
In - PL
PM
PH
Out - PL
PM
PH
Employment
Average Cost PL
of Trans. PM
PH
Average Trans, time
PL unemployed

PM underemployed

PH underemployed


Highway
Road Maintenance
($ million)
Road Type
Average Dep. 1
before mainten. 2
3
Bus
- . Fares ($ million)
Current Expenditures
Fare Schedule

2
7
9
10
0
5
14

260
190
280
5
35

14

3




.824

1.1
1.0
.9

.466
2.57
15*
+ 2*
3
7
10
10
10
12
7

240
200
300
5
3

0

0




.774

.9
1.3
.6

.969
10.0
0
+ 5<
4
7
17
19
3
2
1

220
170
280
5
0
(82)
0
(63)
0
(89)



.682

1.1
1.0
.8

1.25
7.78
0
r +5*
5
46
26
3
12
2
2

190
150
270
5
0
(61)
0
(69)
0
(110)
: t


2.18

1.8
1.2
2.0

1.34
6.86
10*
+ 5*
6
9
44
87
12
2
1

220
260
330
5
0
(70)
0
(33)
0
(41)



1.36

1.9
1.3
2.0

1.33
5.68
10*
+ 5*
7
36
18
57
6
3
3

230
260
260
5
0
(42)
0
(11)
0
(0)



1.64

2.2
1.5
2.3

1.88
5.22
10*
+ 5*
8
17
26
16
17
1
4

240
280
370
6
0
(54)
0
(0)
0
(33)



1.92

2.0
1.4
2.2

.68
2.95
10*
+ 5*
Passengers (in thous.)
4.9  19.8 29.1 13.6 13.3 18.4   6.6
                           181

-------
 School

   High Use Index

   Low Use Index

   Ratio of Private/Public

   Unmet Adult Education
    Demand


 Municipal Services

   High MS Index

   Low MS Index

   Welfare Payment


 Utilities
   High Cost/Unit  Plant

   Low Cost/Unit Plant

   Charge  ($1000)

   Revenue/Expenses
Parks

  Population/Sq. Mile
  (in thousands)
Chairman

  Ratio of Appropriations
   to Taxes

  Auto Tax ($1 m)
Round
2
197
59
205
3
185
62
.186
4
85
47
.244
5
47
0
3.341
6
96
68
.243
7
88
62
.303
8
95
60
.352
 5085  4670  3414  8433   291  3716  4853
  150   151   152   143   149    168   175

  143   143   135   121   114    114   113

$1500 $1500 $1500 $1500 $1500  $1500 $1500
$9704  8783  8607  8056  8271   8268  11,718

$6926  7658  7777  7517  7106   6816   6,816

 $10   $10   $10   $9.7  $9.7   $9.7   $9.9

1.317  .879 1.258  .915 1.211   .755   1.230
 35.4  35.8  34.3  34.2   34.2   33.3   33.0
 1.29   1.21   .83    .74    .86    .93   .93

 .204   .194  .962   1.48  1.84  2.06  2.07
                             182

-------
percent more time getting to work in Round 8 than in Round 2.
As city size grows, one would expect average travel costs and
time to increase if offsetting improvements are not made in
the transportation system, and this in exactly what happened.

      Road maintenance costs increased significantly over
time, and this was due primarily to more people using the
same old roads.  It is true that some new roads were built
but as shown in Figure 5a the number of congested roads in-
creased from 3 to 13 between Rounds 2 and 8.

      The bus operation was a frustrating task for all three
persons who tried a crack at it.  Passengers peaked in Round
4, but the relative cash loss to the company was in Round 8
when expenditures exceeded fares by only 177 percent 1  A re-
search paper by one of the hapless bus operators (Appendix
B) presents a technique that might make the bus have a chance
of turning a profit and still serve a large numer of people.

      The School Department started with a bad situation, in
terms of disparity between the best and worst school units,
and managed to make things better over time.  The percentage
of students going to private schools, however, increased
over time and was very large in Round 5 when the local School
Department experienced a wholesale exodus on the part of its
teachers because of the low wages offered.  The adult educa-
tion program nearly met all the demand in only one year.

      The Municipal Services Department started out with a
system that was overcrowded and ended up with a slightly
less overcrowded situation, but one that had more inequities
than before.  That is the worst served area was 17 percent worse
and the best served area was 21 percent better off at the end
of the seven rounds of decision-making.  The cost to the eco-
nomic sector via increased maintenance charges as the result
of poor MS service must have been ignored by the entrepre-
neurs of the local system.

      The Utility Department was improving the cost per unit
at the high cost plant very nicely until the last round, when
the cost per unit jumped 42 percent.  The low cost plant
showed a small improvement over the seven rounds.  The revenue/
expenditure figure is deceiving because part of the expendi-
tures were accounted for by cash transfers to other govern-
ment departments.

      The population per square mile of parkland showed a
small decline, which means a relative increase in the green
space per capita.
                            183

-------
 Route
9526
9528
9530
9532
10126
9631
10231
9732
9231
9431
9831
10031
10431
9623
10930
9427
Number
of Con-
gested
Roads
58
62
144
87
67
40
0
6
86
118
38
40
0
45
0
98

2


 Roads
 with
 over 150  0
 Conges-
 tion
                 44
                 84
                172
                 84
                 61
                 41
                  0
                 15
                110
                142
                 34
                 41
                  0
                 18
                  0
                 55
                             Figure 5a

                         Highway Congestion (% »
                                 in
                           Georgetown City

                               Round
 87
161
211
 91
 30
 27
  0
 18
 94
110
  7
 20
  0
107
  0
 47
 87
 92
174
 42
 24
 44
 11
 37
 84
120
 21
 32
 11
117
 36
 83
 81
 94
186
 96
 92
101
117
 75
115
150
 98
 98
101
115
 91
 45
 90
102
208
114
156
115
114
 79
134
156
 88
 86
 84
 83
 91
 61

  8
116
 93
156
132
147
142
147
 83
152
155
114
133
108
116
128
108

 14
  8

 70
116
220**
133**
141
150*
115*
113
155*
185*
100*
100*
 83*
141
111
 18

 13
 *Road is at maximum size
**Land not available for larger capacity road
                                184

-------
      C.   Frequency of Decisions

           Figure 6 shows some of the major decision categories
and the number of successful and unsuccessful decisions made
each round.  Two conclusions are readily apparent.  First,
a large number of attempted decisions were flunked because
of procedural or substantive errors.  In face, the percent
of decisions rejected did not decline much over time.  Also,
in some cases such as housing builds in Round 6, the rejected
decisions were not even submitted in the following round.

           Second, the economic decisions far outweighed the
government decisions, and both types far outweighed social
decisions.  Purchase decisions declined after peaking Round
3.  Rent changes were fairly numerous, and most were increases
levied by landlords in response to a seller's market.  Price
changes were not numerous, as one would expect given the
monopoly position of most of the commercial establishments.
Salary changes peaked during the rounds when labor was most
scarce.  The activity in maintenance decisions peaked in
Rounds 2  (the first chance the teams had to improve the
quality of housing) and 5  (for an unknown reason).  Teams
quickly realized the alternative uses of their money in out-
side investments.  Disinvestment did occur more toward the
later rounds as the national cycle declined and as local
investment money became scarce.  Tremendous building of
businesses took place in Round 2, and much of the rest of
the play centered around adjusting to meet this growth
available in jobs.  The housing shortage was never sufficiently
solved, but the gap opened up in Round 4 was narrowed.

           In the social sector, many time allocations were
made when the first opportunity in Round 3 presented itself.
After change took place in the dollar values of time.  More
lowering of dollar values would have assisted the Bus Company
in its efforts to gain maximum ridership.

           All the government decisions in Rounds 2 and 3 were
director inputs, made in response to needs expressed by the
economic or social sectors.  Appropriations were  altered
from year to year  (unchanged appropriation levels require
an annual input).  Tax policy was exercised in Rounds 4, 6,
and 7.  Wide spread assessment changes were made  in Round 4
and were coordinated with the tax policy in an attempt to
intice more residential development.  More residential de-
velopment did take place in the following round,  but the
cause-effect relationship might be tenuous.  Most of the
other departmental activity showed little pattern other than
fewer decisions over time.  The one exception to  this is the
Planning and Zoning Department which carried out  a master
zoning plan in Rounds 7 and 8.
                             185

-------
                             Figure'6
           FREQUENCY OF DECISIONS BY ROUND - GEORGETOWN*
                                     ROUND
SCONOMIC

 Purchases
 Rents
 Prices
 Salaries
 Maintenance
 Inves t
 Disinvest
 Build-Business Levels
 Build-Housing Units

50CIAL

 Time
 Value

30VERNMENT

 Appropriations
 Taxes
 Assessment
 Schools
 Municipal Services
 Highways
 Bus
 Planning-Zoning
 Utilities
6 /207
15
0
0
15
7
0
37 /37
6
0
1
4
5
1
24
11
1
9
2
2
0
25
12
1
12 (T?
11
4
2
2
8
1
13 /J7
4
1
1
12
6
1
4
6
3
2
29
 0
15
 2
7 /IT/
  0
5
-
-
-
-
-
4
6
8
3
4
12 /27
15
6
17
—
26
0
3
0
—
5 /
6 7
21
11
3 '
6
3 /10
                                                              £7
9 /T27
 0
         6
         0
         1
         0
         3
         0
                                                                    0
                                                                    0
3
3
9
4
5 /T
6
13
2
4
2
4
1
7 5

106 7517
6 217
1 /_v
0
0
0
-
2
58
8 /I/
*  Figures in boxes are the number of decisions rejected for procedural
or substantive errors.  Procedural errors are coding mistakes and sub-
stantive errors are those that reflect system factors that prevent a
decision from being made  (e.g., lack of cash, improper zoning,  lack of
utilities, etc.)
                               186

-------
      D.   The Economic Sector

           Midway through the play, the students were re-
quired to calculate the rate of return on all of their prop-
erties and to trace back the rate of return for the two most
profitable and the two least profitable investments.  This
assignment proved to be a revelation to a number of the stu-
dents who were unaware of the declining profit rate that was
brought about by a rash of speculative overbuilding in Round 3,

           The economic sector tended to build intensively
as opposed to extensively.  Not many new parcels of land were
developed; rather, the original undeveloped land within the
initial development area was built upon.  In fact, only one
new parcel was used for housing, even though the population
increased by 68 percent.
                            187

-------
      E.   The Social Sector

           Although the students were not active in the social
sector, two major social indicators  (per capita personal in-
come and dissatisfaction index) both improved over time.
The dissatisfaction level, however, did not decline as much
as in most of the other NSF cities.  On the other hand, PCPI
was -higher in Georgetown by a large margin than in the other
NSF cities.

           Figure 7 shows the number and distribution of Pi's
by class at the beginning (top of each parcel) and at the end
(bottom of each parcel) of play.  Note that there is much
more income integration at the end of round 8 than there was
at beginning of play.
                             188

-------
                          Figure  7


                        GEORGETOWN CITY
     Numbers of Population  Units  by Class  and  Parcel,
                       Rounds  1  and 8*
                                         93   ICQ   j Q £   lcs   106   1QS
t
t

.
t
t
.
•
•
»
•
•
•
*
£2
• •
t
•
•
•
*
*
,
•
»
« • « t
• • • «
»
• • • «
• « t t
• • • •
. 4-M „ 4fl .
' ZM • ... '
' * IH • •
. 3H , £M . ZM H
* IM I 5M • 4, H
• 3H . I I H . n H
2H . 2H i 1?^ , 4fMH
l"H ^HH
SH IM 40M * 43 M H
' J 'Sart • 3l H H
22a5s!ii|*i?22222jS2i-s2i?
fcH . £>» h [M . |JH .
• H • I/JM •
fH . IM H IH . iVn.
. SH . 4H H ^M •
• 2.M ' H »
• 8H « 3H H ffi .

« • 4M t h
. iM . IM H
. IH .
• • • •
* t • •
, 2.M H 2L . 3>L . TL ,^c 	 y
' -, H Zt ' * I3U '
* ZL H 9M «*L * IM '*"" ~°.

' 'I- H ,ffl • 3iL * l»i- l ,, '
• liA ^ !X^ji^jigj!S2?i
-------
      F.   The Government Sector

           Government activity in the Georgetown City in most
of the functional areas appeared to serve the demands of the
economic sector.  For example, roads and utilities were placed
in the places and in the amounts necessary for the planned
economic development.  Both of these departments showed in-
dications of operating less efficiently over time.

           The Highway Department was spending 30 cents per
capita for highway maintenance in Round 1 and 42 cents per
capita for imaintenance in Round 8.  With regard to the Utility
Department, the least efficient plant had a production cost
per unit of output that was 21 percent higher at the end of
the eight rounds.  The production costs of the. most efficient
plant, on the other hand, declined 2 percent.

           The School Department reduced the level of inequality
(ratio of use index at the most crowded school to the use index
at the least crowded school)  over the eight years from 3.3
to 1.6.   Inequality increased with regard for municipal ser-
vices, in that the inequality index went from 1.05 in Round 1
to 1.55 in Round 8.  The population per square mile of parkland
declined slightly from 35.4 to 33.0 over the eight rounds.
                              190

-------
      G.   Summary

           Student activity in the three sectors was very
uneven.  Economic decisions dominated all others, and social
decisions were made sparingly.  This did not, however, gen-
erate an improvement in economic indicators at the expense
of indicators in the other two sectors.  In fact, the average
rate of return on investments in the system declined pver
the eight rounds.  This was largely due to the overbuilding
that occurred midway in the play.  This suggests that the
students may have observed and learned more about the inter-
action of economic decisions in the local system than of
either government or social decisions.  A personal observation
is that the students learn more from the model in the sections
of the model that are most experimented with in a laboratory
sense.
                              191

-------
IV.   Conclusions, Recommendations and Suggestions

      A.   Conclusions

           1.   The CITY MODEL provides an excellent tool
around which to develop an urban economics course, an urban
laboratory, or an economic decision-making seminar.  A pro-
fessor can focus attention on  (1) tying the urban and regional
economics literature to the model play, (2) allowing the stu-
dents to experiment with decision-making  (current policy al-
ternatives or ones of their own design), and (3) providing the
students with a chance to demonstrate their ability to use
the box of economic tools that they have assembled in previous
courses.

           2.   The disadvantagages of having a student play
all three sectors simultaneously outweighs the advantages.
The main disadvantage is that the social sector receives very
little attention when a student has an option to make decisions
in the other sectors.  Perhaps, because of the nature of the
social sector, students should never have any other responsi-
bilities when they are playing the social sector.

                Other disadvantages of playing the three
sectors simultaneously are the handling of three sets of out-
put, making decisions that cover the full scope of the model,
establishing objectives in three diverse areas.

                The advantages of playing all three sectors
simultaneously are the educational feature of having con-
flicting interests, seeing the model and the city from three
points of view at the same time, and playing the model with
a minimum number of students.

           3.   The CITY MODEL is a rich enough laboratory
device that caution should be used as to how many comple-
mentary exercises are undertaken during the course of a single
semester.  I used parts of nine of the fourteen classes with
game plays (two for CLUG and seven for CITY MODEL) and the
remainder of the class time was devoted to discussion of
readings, research papers, Urban Dynamics, and the play.
Taken together, I feel that I attempted to cover too much
ground.  A number of readings were never discussed, and insuf-
ficient time was given to an analysis of the play.
                            192

-------
           4.   The play of a round of the model is complex
and engrossing enough so that it is usually necessary to de-
vote a full class period to play.  A class session that is
split between game play and any topic other than discussion
of the play has a high chance of being unsatisfactory for
either the play or the other exercise.  On a number of oc-
casions a class session began with a discussion of assigned
readings and finished with a round of play.  In each case,
as student questionnaires confirmed, the discussion was given
secondary effort as students looked ahead to the play.  At
the same time, the play of the round did not receive the time
it needed.

           5.   The mechancis of the model are so formidable
during the first two or three rounds, that once the students
learn these, there is a chance of a let-down on the part of
some of them.  There is the danger that some of the students
will feel that the purpose of playing CITY MODEL is to learn
how to play it, rather than to learn by making decisions and
receiving continual feedback in a hypothetical urban environ-
ment.
                               193

-------
      B.   Recommendations

           The recommendations will be listed under three
categories of use of the CITY MODEL; those that apply to any
user of the model in a classroom situation, those that apply
specifically to the use of the model in an economics course,
and those that apply to the type of seminar-laboratory course
that I offered.   These recommendations will be followed by
some general suggestions concerning the use of the model.

           1.   Classroom Use of City Model

                a.   Assign the social, economic, and govern-
ment teams in the model (AA, A, and SC, etc.) in such a way
that the students perform tasks in only one sector at a time.
If there are a small number of students  (less than 22) make all
the gameroom teams (as opposed to the computer output or model
teams) composed of one player.  For example, if there are only
twelve students, they would each comprise a team (numbered 1
through 12) and the gameroom team } might be assigned the model
teams of AA and DD, team 2 might be the sum of model economic
teams B and C, and team 12 might be the sum of SC and MS.

                     If there are more than 25 students but
less than 50, it would be necessary to make some two student
gameroom teams.*

                b.   The CITY MODEL functions performed by a
gameroom team should change several times during the course of
the play;  The ideal way to have teams assume government positions
is to be elected or appointed to them.  This may not be possible
at the start of play or the political dynamics may never evolve,
so the director must be ready to change team assignments when-
ever he sees the need or the benefit of doing so.  Students
benefit from playing several widely different functions during
the course of the play.
      *A11 of these recommendations are made assuming that the
user starts with the Blue City configuration which has seven
model economic teams, seven social teams, and from eight to
eleven government teams.  If one of the other starting con-
figurations were used the number of students constituting cut
off points would be different.  In fact, the director who
favors one man teams and has a large class might want to use
the Big City configuration which has 36 distinct model teams
or TriCity which has 44 distinct teams.  On the other hand,
a very small class might get more use out of playing Moray
County which has a starting population of only 11,500 at the
start of play and only about ten model teams.
                            194

-------
                 c.    Have  access  to a  graduate  assistant who
 can handle  the  editing  of  player  input forms, punch  the in-
 put cards,  handle  the running of  the output,  and provide over-
 all assistance  during the  run of  the model.   This  student could
 very well be  a  member of the  class.  In either  case, he should
 be well versed  in  the operation of  the model  and in  the rules
 of the game.

                      This  student will spend  on the  average
 about an hour editing decisions,  a  little  bit more punching
 them, and whatever time is needed to input the  decisions and
 receive output  for each round of  play.

                 d.    Do not attempt to cover  too much ground
 during the  course,  and  thereby take away time from valuable
 discussions of  the  "model" and the  "game"  that  was played by
 the class.  The  assumptions of the  model can  usefully be
 questioned  and  alternative ones proposed.   The  goals, norms,
 and results generated by the  game play should be fully ex-
 plored and  the  relation between individual and  collective ob-
 jectives analyzed.  Attempts  to define the "goodness" of the
 final status  of  the city should be  made.

                 e.    Do not split a class  meeting  between play
 of the model  and some assignment  not directly related to the
 play.  Do not expect  to get the full attention  of  the students
 during a class once output has been handed out.

                 f.    Devise several  strategies  for handling
 situations when  a  student  or  the  class become let  down as a
 result of learning  the  mechanics  of  the play  or finding their
 function too  easy  to  perform.   If the  whole class  is in trouble,
 an outside influence  such  as  a new  state regulation  setting
 school quality levels,  utility rates,  bonding,  etc., might be
 made.  Or natural disaster might  strike in the  form  of cash .
 drains from all  economic teams or buildings being  destroyed
 (director inputs).  Or  a new  federal program  to assist new
 town development might  be  made, creative federal aid programs
 might be introduced,  or a  federally  imposed population level
 might be promulgated.

                      In the case  where an  individual finds the
 game too easy, he might be  given  an  assignment  to  calculate
 his actual rate  of return  of  cost-effectiveness.   Or he might
 be given a tougher assignment.  The  tough  assignments are Bus
 Company operator (have  the  service pay for itself  through
 fares),  Highway  Department  (eliminate  all  congestion), and
Assessment Department (assess  according to the  best use of
 the land).
                            195

-------
           2.   Use of CITY MODEL in an Economics Course

                a.   Tie the urban economics literature to the
model when possible, and show where the model does not explicitly
deal with elements of economic theory.  In the latter case,
there is a challenge to the student to devise a way for including
the missing element.  For example, the issue of water pollution
is absent from the version of the CITY MODEL used in the NSF
program.  The student who is interested in this omission could
devise a way for adding the water subsystem to the present
urban system contained in the CITY MODEL.

                b.   Encourage participation in the course by
students from other disciplines.  The model is an interdis-
ciplinary device through which the student of economics may
learn to appreciate the usefulness and limitations of his
particular field of study.  This learning will be aided if
other students in the course have some formal background in the
complementary disciplines of geography, political science,
urban affairs, and sociology.  Likewise, the student from the
other disciplines may gain a better appreciation for the use-
fullness of economics.

                c.   Assign a research paper that is closely
related to the use, content, or outcome of the CITY MODEL.
Student papers over a number of semesters will build up a help-
ful library of source material and ideas for future classes.
In this way, the output from the students may be able to evolve
to a larger research product than any single semester would be
able to.

                d.   Assign specific economic projects and
reserve adequate time for the discussion of economic topics.
The first might be accomplished with assignments to calculate
the economic base of the simulated area, perform a PPBS analysis
of the government, calculate rates of return for various invest-
ments , or estimate benefit/cost ratios for specific govern-
ment projects.  The discussions could deal with these topics
in addition to such other as the place of macro and micro
theory in the model, the economics of space, zero population
growth policies, new town developments, model cities programs,
revenue sharing, conventional intergovernmental fiscal rela-
tions, and others.
                              196

-------
           3.   Use of CITY MODEL in an Urban Seminar-Laboratory
                Course

                a.   Have the class scheduled at such a time
that the students do not have any limitations on the length
of time they can stay at any one meeting.  The seminar dis-
cussions that evolve or are planned should be ended by the
students on a voluntary basis and not by a ring of a bell.  But
allow students to individually drift away at any point after
the first several hours.

                b.   Keep the class size to under 20 students
so that they can easily get to know one another on a first
name basis, and so that seminar-type discussions in which
everyone participates are possible.

                c.   Place strong emphasis on starting the
research paper early so that discussion of the rough  drafts
can take place in the seminar when useful.  Encourage the stu-
dents to perform all of their assignments in such a way that
it instructs the rest of the class and furthers the class
learning experience.


      C.   Suggestions

           1.   Make the city decision-making a long run
project by having the second semester begin play where the
first semester class left off.  This would accomplish the
dual purposes of providing the first class with an added in-
centive for looking at the city and their own functions in a
serious way  (and avoiding any end game strategies) and of
giving the second class a detailed city history from which
to learn the model more easily and see the reasons for the
present status of the city.

           2.   Attempt to load data into the model for a city
chosen by you or your class.  This could well be a class pro-
ject that wpuld not yield a usable configuration until the
following semester.  Making decisions for what looks like a
real city may be of some benefit and the process one must go
through to load a city teaches you a great deal about data
availability, parameter fitting, and the model itself.
                            197

-------
           3.   With a very large class or with several clas-
ses, play a number of CITY MODEL configurations simultaneously
and allow a few players to act as national businessmen who
may invest a specified amount of money in any of the cities,
in whatever desired mix each year.

           4.   Alter the assets of economic teams before the
start of play by making some teams have only industries, other
only commercial establishments, and others only residences.
Team cash balances can be reduced or increased to make growth
more difficult or easier.
                            198

-------
                         APPENDIX A

          Rules for CLUG (Community Land Use Game)


1.    Playing Board

      CLUG is played on a board consisting of a 10 x 10 matrix
of squares.  Each square (parcel) represents a square mile of
land.  Any square can be referred to by its even numbered
coordinates appearing at the edge of the board.  Major highways
and utility service can be located along any lines on the board
with appropriate odd numbers used to indicate a line.  Any
grid line not otherwise designated, is assumed to be a
secondary road.  Secondary roads cost three times as much to
travel along as major highways.

2.    Development

      Each parcel may be developed by the team owning it in one
of the nine uses shown in Figure I.  Only one land use per
parcel is allowed.  An HI1 may be upgraded to an HI2 by paying
the difference in their construction costs.  Likewise, an Rl
may be upgraded to higher density levels.

      A parcel may not be developed unless it is served by
utilities on at least one side.  The extension of utilities
is a public decision made by the majority of teams.  All
utilities must be connected in a continuous line to the
utility plant.

3.    Steps of Play

      After receiving the $100,000 initial capital, teams
(that are identified by letters A,B) perform a number of
operations during each round of play in the order specified.
      1)   Assess real property  (Land and buildings are assessed
           at purchase prices).
      2)   Receive income for Basic Industries  (HI1 receives
           $22,000 and HI2 receives $48,000 per round if they
           have all required employees).
      3)   Pay employed Rl's.   (Each employed Rl  receives $6,000)
      4)   Pay PG, PS, and BG  (These establishments receive
           income based upon the number of customers they serve).
      5)   Pay transportation costs.   (This money is paid to
           outside business interests).
      6)   Pay taxes.  (Taxes are the product of the established
           tax rate of the previous round and the assessed value
           of land and buildings).
      7)   Set tax rate.   (Majority decision of teams).
      8)   Buy and sell land.   (3 bids per team per round are
           accepted with land ownership going to  the highest
           bidder.  Minimum bid  is $1000 per parcel)
      9)   Provide utilities.   (Majority decision by teams.
            (2000  for construction and  $1000 for annual oper-
           ation  of each line).
                             199

-------
    10)  Construct or demolish buildings.(Demolition costs are
        1/4th of construction costs).
    11)  Designate place of employment.  (Employer and employee
        make ageements).
    12)  Set prices in PG, PS, and BG establishments.
    13)  Sign trade agreements. (Buyers and sellers make agreements)
    14)  Receive interest (5% of cash on hand).

    Steps 1-7 are not applicable in round fl.  Initial play begins,
therefore,  on step 8.

4.  Employment and Shopping Agreements

    Pi's will normally agree to work at employment locations
that minimize their transportation costs since salaries are
not variable.

    Customers will normally agree to shop at establishments that
minimize the total cost of buying (the purchase price plus
transportation to the establishment).  Customers will purchase
from outside establishments if no local establishment offers
an attractive enough price.  An establishment may set only
one price per type of customer.
                               200

-------
          Table I.- Unit Characteristics  (in thousands)

CHARACTERISTIC                      TYPE OF UNIT
Basic Construction
Costs a         ,
Income per round**
#of employees working
in
#of employees living
in
Approx. population
represented
Payroll expenses
Max. shopping cost
at PG
Max. shopping cost
at PS
Max. BG costs	4      2	1   1	
a)See Table II.for reduced construction costs due to
   specialization
b) Incomes for BG, PG, and PS are based upon an estimated
   break-even market area; i.e., 6 residential units for
   an PG, 12 residential units for a PS, or 3 industries for
   an BG.
Table II. - Reduced Construction Costs due to Specialization
HI2
96
48
4


HI1
48
22
2


BG
36
12
1


PG
24
12
1


PS
24
12
1


R4
72
24

4
16
R3
48
18

3
12
R2
30
12

2
8
Rl
12
6

1
4
24
12
                        8

                        4
                     6

                     3
4

2
2

1
Unit to
be Built
1 st
2nd
3 rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
HI2
$96
90
85
80
80
80
75
75
75
75
(in thousands)
HI1 BG PS PG
$48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
$36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
$24
24
20
18
18
16
16
15
15
15
$24
20
18
18
18
16
16
15
15
15
R4
$72
72
72
67
67
67
62
62
60
56
R3
$48
48
48
45
45
45
42
42
40
38
R2
$30
30
30
28
28
28
26
26
25
23
Rl =
$12
12
12
11
11
10
10
10
10
9
       Table III. - Transportation Costs Between Units
                     (per mile of travel along best road type)
Type of Unit Traveling                 Type of Unit as Destination
"	           HI2  HI1  BG  PS  PG  Terminal
     HI2                                   $400          $4000
     Hil                                   200           2000
     PS
     PG
  Rl(for shopping)
  Rl(for working)
                    $400
                     200
                     100
                     100
                        $100 $200
          $300 $300  300 300  300
                               201

-------
                PLAYING
         s.  UTILITY
2    4
                    8    10    12    14    16   18   20
 30






 32






 34






 36






 38






 40






 42






 44






46






48
                                                30






                                                32






                                                34






                                                36






                                                38






                                                40






                                                42






                                                44
                                                48
              8   10   12   14   16   18   20
                   202

-------
                        APPENDIX B
RESEARCH PAPERS

     The students were obliged to write a research paper of
their own choosing.  To give the students some food for
thought, the following research topics to think about:

     List of Suggested Term Paper Topics

     1.  Build starting points for selected cities.

     2.  Scrapbook of newspaper articles on the city and
         describe how these relate or do not relate to the
         model and the course.

     3.  Flow chart the model in layman's terms

     4.  Develop a set of- urban indicators from the statistics
         available in the model.

     5.  Act as the city historian or newspaper and catalog
         the rounds of play.

     6.  Design manual modules to add to the model  (air
         pollution, water pollution, solid waste, crime,
         race, legal system, political system, etc.)

     7.  Prepare 10 years of decisions to b ing the -I960
         D.C. metropolitan model up to its 1970 status.

     8.  Examine the parameters of the model in light of
         statistical studies and other models of urban
         areas.
                             !
     9.  Examine the theory implied by the model  (micro-
         macro, production, finance, etc.)

    10.  Make a thorough review of a major book on the
         urban system.

    11.  Develop a set of economic indices that reflect
         growth, development, financing, urban prices and
         other factors.

     Several of these topics merited special comment, since
they had proved successful in my previous two courses in the
simulation of urban systems.
                            203

-------
     The assignment to choose a real city, find data for it
and arrange the data to represent a new load configuration
for the model had been a most worthwhile exercise for the
students of earlier courses.  There is probably no better
way for a student interested in the problems of data
availability and model parameter fitting to gain some
first hand experience in these two fields.  The CITY MODEL
is broad enough in scope so that it allows the student a
wide range of data sources to be explored.  However, the
student may choose any number of levels of sophistication
and thereby make the task one that takes a period of time
ranging from a week up to several weeks.

     Becoming the city historian is a research paper assign-
ment that has benefit not only for the student doing it, but
also for the class as a whole.  This particularly is true if
the student starts his assignment early in the play of the
model and summarizes the state-of-the-city at the start of
each round.

     Another assignment which forces a student to under-
stand the urban environment in systems terms is that of
designing and, possibly, implementing a manual component to
add on to the CITY MODEL.  For example, the addition of a
manual air pollution component would force the student to
relate the causes of pollution to activities in the model
(utilities, factories, transportation, etc.) and simulate
the effects of air pollution on the system  (health, cleaning
costs, weather changes, etc.).

     The following is a list of the research papers actually
chosen by students in the class:

     1.  Blue City;  Georgetown (An Analysis of the Run of
         the Model) by Bob Reid.

     2.  Bus Company Optimization Procedure by Patrick
         Mulvanny

     3..  Critique of Forrester's "Urban Dynamics" by "Wilfried
         Ver ECcke

     4.  Economic Assumptions of the CITY MODEL by Janice
         Decker

     5.  Madison, Wisconsin by Mark Meiners

     6.  Chicago, Illinois by Patrick Quinn
                             204

-------
7.   Analysis of Factors Affecting Urban Transportation
    Modal Split;  With Application to a Model for
    Washington, D. C. by Daniel Heckef

8.   An Approach to Optimize the Size and Location of
    Planned Communities by Ted Hume

9.   A Review of the 14th Street Urban Renewal Project
    by Michael Finnegan
                        205

-------
    A brief description of the first five of these
research papers will be given now to provide some
flavor for the type of research performed .and how it
related to the CITY MODEL.

    Bob Reid was elected Chairman in Round 4 in an
uncontested election.  Simply put, he sought power
whereas no one else did.  From this pivital position
Bob took advantage of his power over the budget and
departmental appointments to exercise a strong influ-
ence over the play.  He described the play in some
detail.  The following are some of the highlights.

    On the play of the Social Sector:

    "...a social act is whenever-the society acts
    separately from its spokesman, the government.
    In this context, I believe the record must show
    that there were no social decisions made by our
    community."

    In response to his State of the City Report:
    "Although this tendency to ignore the Chairman's
    State of the City Reppirt was quite evident during
    Rounds 3.,and 4, .the. opposite was the case^for the,
    second Report ... -it had itsi.desired effect."

    On the economic dynamics:

    "Construction and land speculation began at a
    furious pace — a pace only matched by the follow-
    ing rate of return on capital, an event that could
    have easily been predicted from the marginal
    efficiency of capital schedule."

    Bob calculated what he called the "Urban Business
Cycle" which was derived from the comparison of the
federal corporate profit tax paid (on the Summary Econom-
ic and Demographic Statistics output) to the dollar value
of private capital invested in the local system (the sum
of assessed value of development times the reciprocal of
the assessed valuation rate).  Bob then compared this
cycle for Georgetown with the same cycle calculated for
several other NSF cities (Mankato State  70 and 71,
Memphis State and American) and with the cycle for HI and
LI.  The results are in Figure C-l.   Note that each local
cycle tends to be more severe than the national .cycles.
                          206

-------
                               FIGURE  C-l
    BUSINESS  CYCLE INDICES FOR THE  LOCAL AND NATIONAL  ECONOMIES
                               (Rounds 1-7)
§"  1.60

    ,70
    .80
          ffscfct s/ry   C:    /
                                     207

-------
    Bob used his access to computer output from the other
NSF cities to make several other comparisons that helped
spur the Georgetown city decision-makers to look at them-
selves as being in competition with other cities within
a national system.

    The high per capita personal incomes for Georgetown
(shown in Figure C-2) are more a reflection of the acute
labor shortage that existed in that city than a reflec-
tion of a humanitarian group of employers.  In fact, Bob
developed another index that measured the extent of labor
shortage and showed how this was compared with the per
capita income changes.

    A final comparison was made among the dissatisfaction
levels of the cities  (Figure C-3).
                          208

-------
            2-600
      Vl

      7
      J
      *
      J
      Q
10
o
                                                                                       DARTMOUTH
        ti
        M
        i I

        I !
            ! 1
                                                                                                      H3  G
                                                                                                      W  g
                                                                                                      jo  n
                                                                                                      en
                                                                                                      o  o
                                                                                                      25   I
        :. •;
        8
                                                                                   7
s

-------
                            FIGURE C-3
        AVERAGE HOUSING DISSATISFACTIONS FOR FIVE CITIES

                            (Rounds -1-?)
                     !    •   •   :
                     ! -
                    R
     no
 2
 v

 fc
 VI

 5
 VO
tl
 •a


-o
UJ
Vs
I
   10*
f'
                                   'S.
                                         //
                                          /
-------
    Patrick Mulvanny performed what is to my knowledge
the most intensive bit of research with regard to the
CITY MODEL.  After spending several frustrating rounds
as the director of the Georgetown city bus company, Pat
set out to develop an optimizing procedure for operating
(setting routes and fares) the buses for the local sys-
tem.  The key to his analysis is the clever way he used
the Employment Selection Information  (the employment
details) to see who the potential bus riders along each
potential one mile route would be.

    Starting with the employment details that show the
route and mode by each Pi employed at a job other than
for schools, MS or bus, and with the dollar value of
times as set by the social sector, Pat calculated a
"switch point"  (the maximum fare per year that could be
charged and still allow the worker to choose to take a
bus) for each employment grouping on a parcel  (see
Figure C-4).  Following this procedure, a maximum revenue
for each mile segment of bus service can be calculated
and associated with a given fare.  Then one mile segments
that do not pay can be dropped in a sequential fashion
and a final uniform fare established.  Although the
procedure would require a computer to assist in its oper-
ation,  the concept is clear and the reader learns a great
deal about the  strengths and weaknesses of transportation
in the  CITY MODEL  by studying the paper.
                           211

-------
                       APPENDIX C


                    READING REPORTS


                     (Spring 1971)


     Three reading reports are due during the semester.

     On one single-spaced typewritten page, describe one
reading from each of three major se.ctors:  Systems, Models,
and Games. 'As a conclusion to each report, list at least
one thing you liked about the reading and at least one thing
you disliked about the reading.

     All reports will be xeroxed on the date they are due
and hafcded out to all other people in the seminar.  Type
your name at the end of the report and indicate with the
following code your recommendation of the reading to your
fellow seminar members.

           1.  Definitely should be read
           2.  Is of interest
           3.  Don't bother
            •>
     The readings are listed within the three major sectors
under two categories:  A and B.  The B readings are longer
and more difficult to complete.  Don't chose a difficult
reading unless you have the time to. devote to it.  Although
the reading reports will be graded, keep in mind that the
major purpose of this exercise is to expose ourselves to a
portion of the literature in these fields.  If you have any
readings you think should be added to the list, please
suggest them.

     The due dates are:

           1.  Systems Report      - March 3
           2.  Model Report        - March 17
           3.  Gaming Report       - March 31

     Reports may be handed in anytime prior to these dates.
                            212

-------
                   SYSTEMS READINGS
Class A (Short)


1.  Brian J. L. Berry, "Cities as Systems Within Systems
    of Cities," 22 pages

2.  Kenneth E. Boulding, "The Economics of the Coming
    Space Ship Earth,"  11 pages.~~~'

3.  "Notes on Complex Systems," from Jay Forrester, Urban
    Dynamics, MIT.

4.  Anthony James Catanese and Alan Walter Steiss, "The
    Search for a Systems Approach to the Planning of Complex
    Urban Systems," Plan, April, 1969, 13 pages.

5.  Bertran M. Gross, "The City of Man;  A Social Systems
    Reckoning," 21 pages.

6.  William F. Hamilton II and Dana K. Nance, "Systems
    Analysis of Urban Transportation," Scientific American,
    July,  1969, Vol. 221, No. 1, 9 pages

7.  Kenneth E. Boulding, "General Systems Theory - The
    Skeleton of Science," from Walter Buckley, Modern
    Systems Research for the Behavioral Scientist, Aldine,
    8 pages.

8.  John H. Rubel, "An Urban American Report on Business in  Urban
    Development," 20 pages
                            213

-------
                   SYSTEMS READINGS


Class B (Long)
1.  Garrett Hardin, "The Cybernetics of Competition;  A
    Biologist's View of Society , "21 pages

2.  J. Brian McLoughlin, "Urban and Regional Planning,"
    Frederick A. Praeger Publishers, 310 pages.

3.  F. Kenneth Berrien, "General and Social Systems,"
    Rutgers University Press, 204 pages.

4.  Locational Analysis in Human- Geography , Peter Raggett,
    London :  Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd., 27 pages

5.  Walter Buckley (editor) , Modern Systems Research for
    the Behavioral Scientist, Aldine Publishing Co.,
    Chicago, 30 pages (select**
6.  Donald F. Blumberg, "The City as a System," Decision
    Sciences Corporation, 50 pages
                         214

-------
                    MODEL READINGS


Class A (Short)
1.  Locational Analysis in Human Geography, Chapter 1
    "Assumptions."Peter Hagget, 27 pages.

2.  "The Pittsburgh Urban Renewal Simulation Model."
    William Steger, 6 pages

3.  "A Short Course in Model Design," Ira Lowry, 8 pages,
    AIP, May, 1965.

4.  "Computer Simulations, Physio-economic Systems, and
    Intra-regional Models," John Kain and John Meyer (AER
    May 1968), 16 pages

5.  "Computer Simulations in Urban Research," John Crecine,
    PAR, 11 pages

6.  "Regional Economics:  A Survey," John Meyer, 41 pages,
    AER

7.  "The Uses of Theory in the Simulation of Urban Phenomena,
    AIP, September, 1966, Britton Harris, 15 pages.
                         215

-------
                     MODEL READINGS
 Class B (Long)
 1.  Bay Area Simulation Study (San Francisco), Center for
     Real Estate and Urban Economics, 447 pages.

 2.  A Model of Metropolis (Pittsburgh), Ira Lowry, 136 pages,
 3.  A Probabilistic Model for Residential Growth (North
     Carolina), Thomas Donnelly, et.al., 65 pages

 4.  Factors Influencing Land Development (North Carolina),
     P. Stuart Chapin, Jr. and Shirley F. Weiss, 101 pages.

 5.  A Dynamic Model of the Economy of the Susquehanna River
     Basin, Battelle Memorial Institute, 250 pages.

 6.  Urban Dynamics, Jay Forrester, 285 pages.

 7.  San Francisco Community Renewal Program, Arthur D.
     Little,Inc.,(excerpts)45 pages

 8.  A Model of Residential Land Values, E.  F. Brigham, 91
     pages

 9.  Urban Performance Model, Planning Research Corporation,
     51 pages

10.  Design and Use of Computer Simulation Models,  James R.
     Emshoff and Roger L.Sisson, MacMillan Co.,1970,
     302 pages.

11.  Regional Development and Planning  (entire issue of AIP,
     May, 1964), 100 pages.
                           216

-------
                     GAMING READINGS


 Class A  (Short)


 1.  Allan G. Feldt, "Operational Gaming in Planning Education,"
     American Institute of Planners. January, 1966, 7 pages.

 2.  Richard L. Meier and Richard D. Duke, "Gaming Simulation
     for Urban Planning," American Institute of Planners,
     January, 1966, 14 pages.

 3.  Herbert W. Fraser, Simulation and Game Approach to the
     Teaching of Economic Principles, A Preliminary Report,
     Washington University, 19 pages.

 4.  James S. Coleman, Games as Vehicles for Social Theory,
     The American Behavioral Scientist, 5 pages.

 5.  Simulation Games for the Social Studies Classroom^ New
     Dimensions, An FPA School Services Publication for
     Teachers, 47 pages.

 6.  John L. Taylor and Kenneth R. Carter, Instructional
     Simulation in Urban Development;  A Preliminary Report,
     20 pages.

 7.  Allan Feldt, Some Thoughts and Speculations on the
     Development and Use of Games in Teaching and Research,
     6 pages.

 8.  Harold Guetzkow, Simulation in Social Science Readings,
     Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
     36 pages.

 9.  Erwin Rausch, The Community, Science Research Associates,
     Chicago, Illinois, 1968.  22 pages with worksheets.

10.  Norton Long, The Local Community as an Ecology of Games,
     November, 1958, 12 pages.

11.  Peter House and Philip Patterson,  "An Environmental
     Gaming Simulation Laboratoryr|" AIP, November, 1969, 6
     pages.

12.  Ellen Berkeley, "The New Game'smanship," Architectural
     Forum, December, 1968, 6 pages.
                            217

-------
                     GAMING READINGS
 Class B (Long)


 1.  Kalman J. Cohen, William R. Dill, Alfred A. Kuehn, and
     Peter R. Winters, The Carnegie Tech Management Game —
     An Experiment in Business Education, Richard D. Irwin,
     Inc.,  Homewood,  Illinois, 1964, 55 pages.

 2.  Hans B. Thorelli and Robert L. Graves, International
     Operations  Simulation, The Free Press of Glencoe,
     Collier-MacMillan Ltd, London, 391 pages.

 3.  William A.  Gamson, SIMSOC — Simulated Society, The
     Free Press, New  YorFji 29 pages — Instructor's Manual.

 4.  William A.  Gamson, SIMSQC — Simulated Society, The
     Free Press, New  York, 108 pages - Players'  Manual

 5.  Annual Report to the Ford Foundation, December, 1968,
     Computer Equipment for Urban Research and Training —
     The M.E.T.R.O. Project.  The University of Michigan,
     School of Natural Resources, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

 6.  John R. Raser, Simulation and Society — An Exploration
     of Scientific Gaming, Allyn and Bacon, Inc., Boston,
     159 pages.

 7.  Roger  Caillois,  Man, Play and Games,  (translated from  the
     French by Meyer  Barash), The Free Press of Glencoe, Inc.
     202 pages.

 8.  Selwyn Enzer, Theodore J. Gordon, Richard Rochberg and
     Robert Buchele,  A Simulation Game for the Study of State
     Policies, The Institute for the Future, Middletown,
     Connecticut (September, 1969), 69 pages

 9.  Barry  Lawson, New Town - An Urban Land Use and Development
     Game,  Instruction Booklet,1969,49 pages with illustrations
             0
10.  Hans B. Thorelli, Robert L.  Graves, and Lloyd T. Howells,
     INTOP  Players Manual, "International Operations Simulation,"
     The University of Chi ago,  The Free Press,  1963, 55 pages.

11.  The Northeast Corridor Transportation Game, Vol I, Planning
     Simulation  and Administrator's Manual, AST  Associates  Inc.,
     Cambridge,  Massachusetts, July,1968.  Prepared for the
     Department  of Commerce,    National Bureau of Standards,
     89 pages.

12.  Venture,  Business Simulation Exercise, The  Proctor and
     Gamble Co., Cincinnati, Ohio,  86  pages with illustrations.

                            218

-------
Gaming Readings - Class B  (Long) - Continued

13.  APEX;  A Gaming Simulation for Air Pollution Experience
     In a Simulated Metropolitan Environment/ Richard Duke,.
     December, 1968, 100+ pages.
                         219

-------
       Chapter  IX







"CITY MODEL" USAGE IN THE



 URBAN STUDIES INSTITUTE




           Of



  Mankato State College




           by



    Robert A. Barrett
             220

-------
                 "CITY MODEL" USAGE  IN  THE

                  URBAN STUDIES  INSTITUTE


                     TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                            Page


                                                            222
Introduction

                                                            224
The Course


              * «-,                                          227
Organization of Players

                                                            229
GAME RESULTS

                                                            213
Concluding Observations

                                                            226
APPENDIX A

                                                            238
APPENDIX B

                                                            239
APPENDIX C

                                                            241
APPENDIX D

                                                            243-
APPENDIX E

                                                            245
APPENDIX F
                              221

-------
                       "City Model" Usage in the
                        Urban Studies Institute
                        Mankato  State College
                          Robert A.  Barrett*
     The "City Model" was utilized  in the interdisciplinary program in Urban

Studies at Mankato State College  in two formal courses which I instructed and

one independent study course which  the students organized.   This utilization

during the 1970-1971 academic year  was sponsored by the college and Envirc-

metrics as part of an NSF project to  test the  applicability of the "City

Model" in selected disciplines and  academic  institutions.   The experimentation

reported upon in this chapter proved  to be an  absorbing and rewarding experi-

ence to both the students and the instructor.



                             Introduction

     My first experience with urban simulation came when Dr. Royce Hanson,

director of the Washington Center for Metropolitan Studies, introduced me to

the urban simulation lab which the  Center had  established under the direction

of Dr. Peter House. I was afforded an opportunity to experience some "rounds"
*Dr. Robert A.  Barrett is  Director of the interdisciplinary Institute for
Urban Studies and Professor of  Political Science.   Mr.  Frederick Sauer pro-
vided valuable assistance  in the accomplishment of this experiment.
                                222

-------
of the game and met some of the lab staff members.  I became quite intrigued




with the potential of the urban simulation lab to provide opportunities for




theory building and concept testing in the urban studies curriculum.




     My own academic training had focused first upon the sciences and then




the social sciences leading to graduation from Hamline University in St. Paul




with a double major in Social Science and Mathematics.  When I joined the




graduate program as a fellow in government and public administration at




American University I was strongly interested in Political Science.  My




interests began to focus upon the city and its politics as I worked closely




with my major advisor, Royce Hanson.  These interests grew when I entered




college teaching as a member of the faculty at Mankato State College, a




regional Institution in Southern Minnesota with an enrollment of 15,000




graduate and undergraduate students.




     My early interests on the Mankato State.faculty were twofold:  to intro-




duce significant opportunities within the Political Science curriculum for




the study of cities and to work with sister disciplines, particularly the




social sciences, to organize an interdisciplinary degree program in Urban




Studies.  The first interest was realized through the adoption by the Polit-




ical Science Department of courses such as Urban Government, Urban Planning,




Urban Administration, Urban Seminar and field study and internship experiences




in the urban environment.  The second interest matured into a healthy dialogue




and collective action by several disciplines whereby our disciplines were




married together into a B.S. and M.A. degree program for urban generalists




seeking urban planning and urban management careers.  More than two dozen




faculty from over one dozen disciplines now cooperate on a refreshingly inter-




disciplinary scale to teach and research topics in Urban Studies in the Urban




Studies Institute.  The students in this program, numbering about 150, are

-------
upper division and graduate students  whose previous experience has largely




been in the social sciences.   Furthermore, our students' background has




typically been textbook oriented without substantial experiences within an




urban environment.  Consequently,  our efforts to provide realistic urban




learning environments  through  intensive field study camps and internship




work experiences found a natural learning complement in the use of the urban




simulation lab.
 i








                              The Course




     The "City Model"  was utilized within the framework of two of the core




courses of the Urban Studies curriculum.  The first course was the Urban




Studies Seminar  which  is offered to senior and graduate majors after they




have completed a series of  discipline based courses in the social sciences.




The course is  taught from an interdisciplinary approach with small enroll-




ments (8 to 15 students) and with  an  emphasis upon analysis and discussion.




In the seminar the class alternated use of the game with seminar meetings




focused upon research  and analysis of New Towns as an approach to the city




as a system.   The second course  was Urban Government which is offered to




junior/senior  and graduate  majors  and non-majors who are interested in con-




temporary governmental and  political  problems of metropolitan areas.  This




lecture course generally enrolls a moderate number of students (30 to 40) .




and is taught  from the Political Science discipline.  In this course the game




was alternated with conventional lectures which surveyed the standard topics




of contemporary urban  government.   Selection of these courses for use with




the "City Model" was largely a factor of the course schedule and the previous




course work backgrounds of  students enrolled in these courses.  Whereas these




courses had been partially  redesigned at the outset, it became obvious during
                                   224

-------
 the  conduct  of  these  courses that not only the methods  but  also  the objectives




 required  serious modification.   Consequently,  I discovered  that  the usage of




 urban  simulation required  not only a rearrangement of  the course syllabus but




 a major adjustment  of the  course objectives of these courses which had origin-




 ally been developed to be  taught with more conventional instructional techniques.




     The  primary objectives  for  the use  of "City Model" in  these courses were




 several.  In the first instance,  it was  hoped  that the  model would afford a




 more multi-dimensional understanding of  the city as a system.  It was hoped




 that theory  building  and concept  testing would be encouraged and would take




 place within an experimental context.  For instance, concepts of decision-




 making and community  power are capable of  close observation and  testing in the




 game dynamics.  It was anticipated  that  the dynamics of negotiation, represen-




 tation, advocacy, and  related "role"  activities would be meaningful and in-




 sightful  experiences.  A further  objective was  to sharpen the analytical capa-




bilities  of  the class participants.   Finally,  the use of the game was to be




 tested as an effective learning experience within the established Urban Studies



 curriculum.




     The  course described in this chapter  is the Urban  Government course with




 an enrollment of 35 senior and graduate  students  majoring in Urban Studies or




Political Science.   The course was  scheduled to meet one afternoon a week for




 three hours  and the instructor received  continuing assistance from a graduate




assistant.   The game was played on  alternate weeks with an  analytical and




strategic discussion  taking  place during those  alternate weeks when the game




was not played.   The following table  illustrates  a typical  two-week schedule:
                                    225

-------
                                Table I
                     Schedule of Course Activities
                               A.   Week I
Time
Activity
30 minutes

30 minutes



30 minutes


60 minutes


30 minutes
Course assignments, general discussion.

Distribute results from last game  round, cite highlights
and trends, players record progress  toward individual
objectives.

Players analyze progress, revise role objectives, formu-
late strategies.

Players negotiate with government, economic and social
sectors to maximize progress towards stated objectives.

Players complete decisions, write  out decisions and
report to game director.
                              B.  Week II
120 minutes

15 minutes

45 minutes
Course lecture and discussion.

Distribute "BLUECITY GAZETTE" and "PEOPLE'S ADVOCATE".

Hold "town meeting" to discuss and analyze progress in
game and relate game to course objectives.      <,
     The above  schedule varied for purposes  of  the introductory session,

examination periods  and other related  coursework.   In retrospect,  it would have

been more advantageous to have the course meet  twice weekly for two or two and

one-half hours  each  meeting so that the participants would have shorter

elapsed time intervals.  In the intervals between  the meetings described  above

the graduate assistant edited the "newspaper",  prepared computer input and

output, developed visual presentations and assisted the players.  The players

held numerous informal meetings for strategy and analysis-and were generally

infected with a high level of interest and enthusiasm.
                                   226

-------
                         Organization of_ Players




     At  the  initial class meeting the students decided who should be mayor and




 then self-selected their role in the social sector or economic sector.  Hence,




 each of  the  students became a player in one of the three sectors.




     The government sector of Blue City were structured after a commission form




 of local government whereby the  government officials  were both council members




 and department commissioners.  The structure was  devised more for the purpose




 of convenience relative  to the limited number of  players than for a desire to




 structure some "desirable" form  of local government.   The government participants




 were as follows:   the Mayor,  Transportation Commissioner, Planning and Zoning




 Commissioner, Education  Commissioner,  and the Public  Works Commissioner.




     The Mayor was  elected by  a  simple majority of the class  participants.




 Each candidate gave a platform speech  indicating  his  or her respective objec-




 tives for Blue City as well as the intended short and long-range plans.  After




 the election of a  "liberal" mayor  for  the city, he then selected his staff of




 commissioners.  The Mayor's responsibility consisted  of overviewing the general




 administrative policies  for the  city as well  as directing the publication of




 the People's Advocate newspaper.   The  People's Advocate,  as opposed to the Blue




 City Gazette, was a government publication.   It assumed the role of indicating




 the "accomplishments" of Blue  City  to  the  public  as well  as future goals and




plans.   It may be interesting  to note  that the opinions expressed in the People's




Advocate and the Blue City  Gazette varied  considerably.   The  Mayor, at numerous




meetings, characterized  the Blue City  Gazette in  terms  of "yellow journalism".




     The responsibilities of each  commissioner were as  follows:   the Transporta-




 tion Commissioner assumed  the  role  of  overseeing  the  building, maintenance, and




administrative activities of roads, bus and rail.  The  Planning  and Zoning Com-




missioner was responsible for  assessment and  zoning activity  of  Blue City.  The




Education Commissioner was  responsible for the building,  maintenance and locatior
                                     227

-------
of public,  private and vocational  schools.   The  Public Works Commissioner




directed the building and maintenance  of municipal services and utilities.




     The Economic teams, by virtue of  their  assigned responsibilities, had a




greater degree of influence than did the Social  teams with respect to influ-




encing the  growth of  Blue City.  The assigned  responsibilities of the Economic




decision makers involved bidding on and/or purchasing land or developments;




changing rents, prices, salaries and maintenance levels; transferring cash;




lending, borrowing and investing capital; and  building, upgrading or demolish-




ing developments.   Ir was found preferable to  have at least two participants




for each Economic team.  With a limited number of participants, it was also




determined  that Economic teams should  consist  of more participants than the




Social teams.




     The assigned responsibilities of  the Social teams involved voting, boy-




cotting, time allocation, and setting  the dollar value of time.  Apart from




the assigned responsibilities to the Social  decision-makers from the manual, it




was determined that the Social teams should  have a greater degree of political




influence.   A simple  majority of the Social  decision-makers could recall the




mayor and provide for the election of  a new  mayor, and they were also given




a 'Veto" role through the referendum over certain bond and zoning decisions.




     The Blue City Gazette reported statistical  city data from one round to




the next as well as editorialized  on the activity of the Mayor and his staff.




It was found that the Gazette afforded the class participants a vehicle for




assessing the development of Blue  City.  The People's Advocate offered a basis




of comparison between the statistical  data as  well as the Mayor's own interpre-




tation of the data.  The use of "newspapers" was found to be an effective com-




munications link between the various sectors and also aided the student's com-




prehension  as to "What is happening to our city?"
                                 228

-------
                                GAME RESULTS


     At the outset of the game each of the players was required to formulate


an explicit set of objectives for his sector and his role.  Once during the


term he revised these objectives in light of experience and changed attitudes.


At the close of the term he analyzed his own rounds of play as to how well he


achieved his objectives and what factors contributed to his success and failure.


Likewise, he evaluated the performance of Blue City as a system and as a learn-


ing experience.  A review of the results of the student's experiences is most


revealing.


     In the government sector the Mayor and his Commissioners had wished to


first increase the supply of jobs in construction and manufacturing to lower


unemployment.  One method used to accomplish the objective was to grant public


subsidies to private housing construction and manufacturing industries.  This


objective was met in part during the last round when 80 new jobs were created.


Unemployment dropped from its highest level of 8,760 workers in round three to


zero unemployment in round six.  This was largely attributed to new construc-


tion which offered new jobs of major impact for the unemployed.


     The second objective of the government sector consisted of providing a


higher standard of living for the poor.  The criteria for a higher standard of


living for the poor was to raise the welfare payments from $l,500/family/year


to $2,500/family/year.  This was done by round six which was the last round


the first Mayor held office.  Rounds seven, eight, and nine, however, reflect a
                                                                          \

decreased welfare payment to $l,600/family/year which was a different policy by


the new Mayor in the second quarter of play.


     A third objective of 'the Mayor was to increase the supply of housing for


low income families, particularly in the northeast section of Blue City.  The


demographic map, however, indicated little or no increase in housing for the
                                     229

-------
northeast section.




     A fourth objective of the Mayor was to increase public participation by




holding town meetings on local issues and by the publication of a newspaper




called The People's Advocate.   Town meetings were held during each class




session.  The Mayor, however,  seemed to find a great deal of opposition to




several issues,  most of which  are reported in the Blue City Gazette, copies




of which appear  in  the Appendix.   One issue of considerable debate, particularly




from the Economic Sector,  involved the Mayor's policy to increase welfare pay-




ments.  The Economic Sector thought it more advisable to increase the quality




and quantity of  public utilities  which would assist in the development of new




construction which  would provide  the needed jobs.  As was noter earlier, wel-




fare payments were  increased.   A  recall election was then held as a result of




the wishes of the Economic Sector.   The Mayor won reelection by three votes




and he termed his victory to be a "clear mandate".




     The objectives of the Commissioners of the Mayor's departments were




numerous.  The Transportation  Commissioner wanted to increase the number of




bus routes.   This objective was not realized because of bureaucratic red tape




and procedural errors.  The Commissioner once unsuccessfully attempted to




establish a bus  route through  a farmer's corn field.  The Planning Director's




objective was thwarted when agreement upon a comprehensive plan was not ob-




tained.  The Education Commissioner wanted to improve the quality of education




but continually  found populated areas without established school district




boundaries.   It  was also found that the average educational level decreased




from an index of 60 in round one  to 57 in round six.  At the same time, the




student-teacher  ratio increased from 14 to 15.  The Commissioner of Public




Works wanted to  build a new utilities plant to provide for expanded construc-




tion but he forgot  to transfer monies from the operating budget to the capital




construction budget.






                                      230

-------
     Many of the objectives of the Social and Economic Sectors are mutually




dependent upon one another as well as the policies of the Government.   Social




decision makers attempted to increase the educational level, increase employ-




ment opportunities, increase voter registration, allocate time more effectively,




encourage convenient mass transportation, improve quality and construction of




housing, develop additional recreational areas, encourage effective government




spending, and develop a "collective spirit for decision making".  With refer-




ence to the latter objective the Social decision makers were encouraged to meet-




collectively relative to their recently established power in having the decid-




ing vote on bond issues and major zoning changes.




     The objectives of the Economic Sector were essentially self-interest




rather than public-interest oriented.  The basic criteria for success was




economic profit.  The primary means attempted to obtain a profit was through




land development and construction.  The question of conflicting objectives




between the Economic Sector and the Social and Government Sectors  did not




occur relative  to the type of construction as originally thought.  This could




possibly be attributed to the lack of a comprehensive development  plan for




zoning regulation and development.  The basic conflict of objectives that




arose between  the Economic, Social and Government  Sectors was concerned with  -




the way in whiah tax dollars were being spent.  A  priority  issue of the Mayor's




platform was to help the poverty groups in Blue City by  increasing welfare pay-




ments.  This policy took priority over providing additional utility service




and  large government subsidies  to the Economic  Sector  for utility  construction




purposes.  Without  the required utility  levels, additional  construction was




impossible.  The Economic  Sector argued  that building  construction would  pro-




vide jobs  for  the  lower  income  groups.   The  Mayor  felt that the welfare pay-




ments were too low and  that the additional  costs  of raising welfare payments
                                      231

-------
to $2,500 from $1,000 should be the first priority.


     Since construction and land development was one immediate economic objec-


tive, it was generally felt by the Economic Sector that this objective was not

            /
met to the degree that had been projected.


     Another economic objective was to bid, buy and develop available land out-


side the city parameters.   This effort was made in an attempt to establish a


"New Town" which failed since many of  the bids were too low.


     Perhaps the greatest  value which  the "City Model" game possessed for the


Economic Sector was  the insight gained in the necessary procedures and conse-


quential problems of spending dollars  to gain a profit.  New construction re-


quired the proper zoning,  capital investment, the type and availability of land,


utility service,  road access,  and convenient mass transportation.  Each step


was confronted with  either a conflicting or cooperative effort on the part of


the Social and Government  Sectors.


     The Government, Economic and Social Sectors were confronted with a number


of frustrations in attempting to meet  their objectives.  The challenge of the


game which coincides with  the frustrations is, in itself, a valuable learning


experience.  The city as a whole did improve considerably through eight years.


With a total increase in population of 51%, the total increase in employed


workers was 55%.   There was a 65% increase in low income workers, 47% increase


in middle income workers,  and a 56% increase in high income workers.  Through


four of the eight years there was no unemployment and no welfare expenditures.


With public school enrollemnt increasing 17% and private school enrollment in-


creasing 68%, the average  educational  level declined 9%.  The average number


of new jobs increased 60%  which reflects an expanding community.  Although the


city initially had an average increase of 120% for outstanding bond payments


in the first four years, there were no outstanding bond payments the last four


years.  The increased development of Blue City was financed with a 28% increase



                                        232

-------
in revenue from taxes, much of which is attributable to an increase in tax-paying

population rather than any substantial increase in tax rates.



                        Concluding Observations

     A series of evaluations have been made of the utilization of the City

Model game in(our Urban Studies curriculum.  In the first instance the partici-

pants conducted an evaluation of the game which is summarized in the following

table with references to advantages, disadvantages and recommendations for

modifications.
                                Table II
                          Participant Reactions

Advantages
     Increased understanding of the role of government personnel and as-
     sociated "red tape".

     A better understanding of the conflicts between the government eco-
     nomic and social sectors in an urban environment bying for a scarce
     resource and the need for public service.

     The City Model Game more closely assimilates a pragmatic urban problem-
     solving approach than that of a "text book" approach.

     Next best thing to job experience.

     A situation in which one feels the general frustration involved in
     attempting to promote change.  This necessitates better communica-
     tion between interests and increases one's understanding of vested
     interest as well as the cause-effect relationships between govern-
     ment, economic, and social participants.

 Disadvantages
      Problems  in understanding  the  computer  language  as  they  apply  to de-
      sired  decisions.

      Lack oi formal prerogratives in the  social sector in making decisions
      that would have  a  greater  consequence for the city  as  a  whole.   (This
      was corrected somewhat in  giving the social participants new powers.)

      The government sector did  not  establish a clear  system of priorities.
      They reacted more  toward the "outside system.


                                        233

-------
Disadvantages (Continued)

     The class was made up of a relatively homogeneous group of college
     students rather than  a representative heterogeneous group that gen-
     erally live in an urban society.

     The time limitation in carrying out long-range programs.

Recommendations
     A need for a more  graphic  display of the city.

     More available time  should be given to play of  the game with several
     rounds played in one day.

     Initiate field trips to  local units of government in order to better
     translate and compare the  statistical data of Blue City with an actual
     urban situation of a similar nature.

     Hold town meetings at regular intervals where all class members can
     participate.

     Open up a means for  communicating with other schools playing the City
     Model Game.

     Providing the social sector the power to determine the need for bond-
     ing and zoning changes through a referendum. This may be a vehicle
     for the social decision  makers to better organize and participate to
     a greater degree in  "role  playing".  (This was  changed for the next
     game.)

     Provide a'better understanding of how specific  decisions affect the
     "dissatisfaction index".

     Concentrate on the importance of "role playing" prior to starting
     play of the City Model Game.
     The objectives  which  I had  suggested at an earlier point in this chapter

were all capable of  examination  during the utilization of the game.  My basic

evaluation is highly positive  regarding the value of the game as a learning

tool.  The participants  demonstrated a far more sophisticated appreciation of
 1    .                            .                  .                    .
the city at the close of the term.   Many standard concepts were applied and

hence tested in the  game.  The existence of conflict and personality became

important to the players.  Coalition and strategy building exercises were

realistic.  The frustration and  delay of the "real system" became more obvious.
                                  234

-------
     The analytical techniques of the students were tested and improved.  The




existence of the city with many dimensions and a system was demonstrable.




The use of gaming improved the student/instructor relationship and provided an




absorbing learning experience for the students.  Considerable student iniative




was demonstrated, including the continued play of the game on an independent




study basis.




     From our use of the game it would appear more appropriate to use the




"City Model"  in an "Urban Systems" or "Urban Simulation" course where it is




the primary course method and the course can be developed around the game.  It




is very desirable to have the game mounted on a computer in close proximity




so as to minimize the "turn around" inconvenience.  The help of a graduate




assistant or student assistant is imperative.  I would suggest that  the "intel-




lectual payoff" of the City Model is highest within an interdisciplinary  course




because the game is an excellent interdisciplinary tool whereas for  Students




from only one discipline  much of the role-playing is beyond  their experience.




It would appear  that this tool would have  greater advantage for advanced




students rather  than beginning students.




     Based  upon  this experience with gaming  in the Urban  Studies  curriculum,  I




have concluded  that gaming  can perform  a valuable  function within the  curriculum,




 It  is  an excellent experience for  students to  test  and hypothesize  about  real




 urban  environment  relationships.   The  dynamics of  the game are very  revealing.




 This model  permits  the  urban social scientist to enjoy many  of the  laboratory




 experiences which  prove to  be of  strong benefit to the Urban Studies student.




      The appendices which follow contain examples of the "newspapers" developed




 by the students to upgrade communication about the game and selected statistics




 about the rounds of  play of "Blue City".
                                     235

-------
                                  APPENDIX A
                               BLUECITY GAZETTE

Vol. 1                    Tuesday,  January 26,  1971                 No. 1



                         SUPERMAYOR McCARTY ELECTED.'

               PLEDGES  A GOOD LIFE  FOR ALL CITIZENS OF BLUECITY!

                PLEDGES A GOVERNMENT RESPONSIVE TO THE PEOPLE!

                       PLEDGES A CHICKEN IN EVERY POT.'.
     After one year under  "Supermayor McCarty and his cronies, BLUE CITY is
in a super-mess.
     UPI Report;   The  spotlight  of  national attention has recently been focused
on BLUE CITY,  Minnesota.   For  the past three months, 6,800 welfare recipients
have been picketing the office of "Supermayor" McCarty.  As reported by one
staff member (who  would not  give his  name), "the steps of City Hall have been
so crowded the Mayor has not been able to get to his office for three months."
It has also been reported  that as a consequence of this uprising the Mayor has
been, conducting his business from what he affectionately calls "Supercar" (the
car only uses  premium  gas).
     The uprising  from welfare recipients seems to have come about from when
the Mayor lowered  welfare  payments  from $1,500 to $1,000 per year.  As a con-
sequence, the  "average dissatisfaction level index went from '0' to '112'."
The Mayor has  been unavailable for  comment.

                                 EDITORIAL

                                      by

                              "Star  Reporter"

     This is not the kind  of national attention our city needs!  After further
digging several unhealthy  facts  were  uncovered about BLUE CITY.  Total unemploy-
ment went from 4,200 people  to 6,800  people - an increase of 38%I  All the un-
employed were  from low income  families.  This is not a government responsive to
all the people. On top of lowering welfare payments, the Mayor established a
new tax without letting the  citizens  know!   The new tax is an Employee Automobile
Tax that places .01% on people working in the downtown area.  One resident was
quoted as saying,  "The Mayor has done nothing to upgrade the downtown business
area.  Furthermore, he goes  and  raises taxes on my car.  I think everyone is
going to move  out  of the downtown business district.  We'll let the Mayor and
his staff work there all by  themselves, and then we'll see if they continue the
Employee Automobile Tax."
     Other facts have  also been  uncovered.   The residents in Square 338 have no
school because the Public  Works  Commissioner, who is in   (Continued on Page 2)
                                 236

-------
                                           Tuesday, January 26, 1971
(Continued from Page I)
charge of public education, forgot to draw the school boundary lines to include
this area.  One irate mother said, "I would like to know how the Mayor expects
us to educate our children when it is the city's job.  I think that we are going
to picket with the people on welfare!"
     The Transportation Commissioner attempted to re-route the bus line, but
overlooked che fact that there weren't any streets over the new route.  One
farmer, while pitching ;iay, noticed a bus ambling through his cornfield.  He
said he couldn't believe his eyes, and wondered if the city gave discount rates
for chickens, hogs, cows and horses.
     The housing situation is unbelieveable poor in the "Nord-East" section of
BLUE CITY.  New construction and upgrading of housing is badly needed in this
section.  The population of BLUE CITY has increased from 275,500 to 282,000.
There has been no proposal to develop a land use or zoning plan for the city.
     With an increase in the city's population, no new jobs have been created.
Available new jobs went from zero to zero!  The Mayor must establish a policy
that will make BLUE CITY a progressive city.
     If anyone can find the "Supercar", please call the BLUE CITY GAZETTE.  The
Mayor should respond to the people - and our problems!
                                  237

-------
                                  APPENDIX B



                               BLUE CITY GAZETTE


Vol. 1                    Tuesday, February 15, 1971                 No. 2


                     MAYOR MCCARTY WINS RECALL ELECTION:

                         APPOINTMENTS REMAIN THE SAME
     The "goo-goos" of BLUE CITY,  in their attempt to recall the Mayor and his
staff, * failed in their efforts.   By the vote of twenty to seven, the Mayor was
retained. ;  He was quoted as saying, "This is a clear mandate  for my programs I"
The Mayor,  however, was four votes from losing his Supercar.
   ,.Perhaps the most devastating decision the Mayor has made is advocating
additional  bonding for city expenses.   BLUE CITY is spending a total of $34.09
million this year for the interest on bonds.  This represents almost a 50% in-
crease in interest payments.  In fact, BLUE CITY is receiving almost half ofl
its operating capital from bonding - the other half in taxes.  If the taxes
were raised as this newspaper advocated, we would not be spending the city's
tax money paying for the interest on bonds.  It would not surprise this news-
paper if the Mayor advocated more bonding to pay for existing bonding!
     Other  statistics that might be of interest to the citizens of BLUE CITY
are:   Total unemployment went up from 6,800 to 8,760 in proportion to an ap-
proximate increase in population (282,000 to 287,500).  Furthermore, welfare
payments remained the samel  No  new jobs were created.  This could be attributed
to a lack of new construction on the part of the Economic Decision Makers.  Al-
though construction was attempted, the economic teams either did not have the
available resources needed, the  level of municipal services was too low, or
the decision was written incorrectly.   Please refer to the computer printout
(a blue  X indicates the decisions that were rejected) .
     The Public Works Commissioner has no available revenue in his Capital Ac-
count for utilities.  This, in effect, precludes any new construction for
utility  .service.  Apparently, the Mayor has not seen fit to allocate his budget
accordingly.
     The Transportation Commissioner failed in an attempt to build an additional
road for the Nord-East section of the city.
     There  are, however, several enlightening statistics for BLUE CITY.  First,
the number  of low income workers has dropped from 77,500 to 72,000.  There has
been an  increase of medium and high income groups in the city - an,increase of
6,000 and 5,000 people respectively.  Also, the average dissatisfaction level
went, down from 112 to 108.  Housing quality improved in grids 102-24, 25, and
26, owned by Economic Decision Makers "G", "A", "C" respectively.  Good work!!
Also,  Grid  100-32 improved, and  is owned by Economic Team "A".
     There  is overcrowding in virtually the entire city.  Economic Team "D" was
the only team that improved their overcrowding in Grid 100-30.  Total welfare
payments went up to over $1.3 million.  BLUE CITY is on the brink of financial
crisis.   New construction is needed for new jobs which, in turn, brings in ad-
ditional tax revenue.  Taxes must be raised in lieu of new bonding, and the
Mayor must  establish a rapport with the business community.


                                   238

-------
                                   APPENDIX C


                                BLUE CITY GAZETTE

Vo1'  x                       Tuesday,  March 2,  1971                    No. 3


              MAYOR MCCARTY  RECOMMENDS  GOVERNMENT DOMINATION

                             OF  BUSINESS COMMUNITY


                                   EDITORIAL

      In a town meeting last  week,  Mayor McCarty  proposed  "nationalized govern-
ment" for BLUE CITY.  This would,  in  effect, bring  the business community under
the auspices of the Mayor for the  purpose of receiving greater financial aid
for city activities.  Thus,  it  could  also be assumed  that business activity
and associated priorities would be relegated by  the Mayer.  The Mayor, when
questioned by business community members,  commented that Welfare was the number
one priority.
      The staff of the BLUE CITY GAZETTE stands unanimous in its opposition to
the Mayor's proposal.  The staff feels  the Mayor's  proposal is arbitrary and
does  not reflect a genuine interest for cooperative activity between business
and government.  The social  sector has  not taken a  firm stand and the GAZETTE
urges the social teams to reject the  Mayor's proposal.                  '
     BLUE CITY shows signs of great improvement from the depression of the last
three years.  In its fourth year, total unemployment went down over 50%.  With
8,760 people out of jobs last year, this year's unemployment is 3,400.  The
following is a breakdown with respect to economic class:
     Low Income - 8,400 to 3,400
     Middle Income - remained the same
     High Income - 360 to zero.
Much of the decrease in unemployment can be attributed to the increased building
activity of the business community.  The number of new jobs increased from zero
to 360.  Increased job activity is also reflected in the increased percentage
earnings for citizens of the low and high economic classes.  Those that earned
zero to $5,000 increased from 35% to 38%.  Those that earned $10,000 and over
increased in number from 17% to 19%.  The  percentage earnings of the middle
class decreased in number from 46% to 42%.  The "percentage earning" statistic
seemingly defeats the Mayor's espoused philosophy of "the good life" for all
residents and an equalization of earnings between classes.
     The middle class is by far the most numerous with 113,000 people.  The low
class has 72,500 people, and there are 109,000 people in the upper economic
class with a total population of 294,5000.  This is a total increase of 7,000
increased welfare payments and the rising taxes of BLUE CITY.  Welfare payments
have increased from $1,000 per person to $2,500 per person.  The number of per-
sons on welfare, however, has decreased from 8,760 to 3,400 people.  The decrease
in the number of persons on welfare can be largely attributed to the increased
number of new jobs.  The tax rate for property tax land improvement was in-
creased by the Mayor from 2% to 7% - an  increase of 5%!!.'

                                     239

-------
                                             Tuesday,  March 2,  1971

     Granted,  BLUE CITY has  needed additional tax revenue.   However, a tax in-
crease on "property land improvement" is not the kind  of tax increase the
residents of BLUE CITY need  for  several reasons:  First, a tax  on land improve-
ment discourages residents from  improving their quality of housing.  The Mayor
has elected to increase your tax when you increase your housing maintenance
and improvement.  Second, the Nord-East section of the city has poor housing
quality.   The  Mayor's  policy of  an increased tax on land improvement dis-
courages  up-grading the housing  in this area.
     BLUE CITY'S total revenue has increased considerably because of three
reasons:   an  increase in taxes, an increase in the number of tax-paying resi-
dents, ;;.nd a decrease  in bond payments.  The Mayor should be congratulated on
deciding  not to float  new bonds.  The city's bond payments decreased $18,020,000
from last year.
     Generally speaking, the conditions in BLUE CITY improved.   The question
before the constituency, however,  is the way in which the Mayor elects to im-
prove the conditions of BLUE CITY.  The average dissatisfaction level went
down from 108  to 104.   The number  of new jobs has increased, and the number
of workers receiving welfare has-gone down.

                       LET's ALL KEEP UP THE GOOD WORK!!
                                 240

-------
                                  APPENDIX D



                          PEOPLE'S ADVOCATE   Vol. I

                                   1/26/71

SCHOOLS SHOULD PROGRESS UNDER NEW DECENTRALIZED ADMINIATRATION

     In keeping with this administration's campaign pledges, we are proud to
announce the appointment of Ronald Bellfield as new BLUE CITY Commissioner of
Education.  Mr. Bellfield finds his new job challenging, and will bring to the
office a high degree of competency, having served previously as Commissioner
of Schools in New York City.
     We have in this decentralization of administrative responsibility  new
specialized expertise for this critical field.

     The policy of this journal will be to keep the public abreast of the
activities which government is taking in their behalf and with/theirparticipa-
tion.

     The public officials of your city took the following actions in recent
weeks:

The Mayor:      1.  Welfare payments were increased by $1,000 per year for
                    each unemployed worker.  This begins to give even our
                    unemployed citizens the ability to participate in our
                    growth and standard of living.

                2.  A small employee's auto tax of 1% was added to pay for
                    welfare, transportation and utilities expansion.

Department of Transportation:  (Commissioner G. Roadrummer)

                1.  A new bus line was established in the N.E. section to
                    enable the mobility needed for that area's residents to
                    take advantage of employment opportunities throughout
                    the city.  Also, this will create new opportunities for -
                    the residents of the whole city to participate in the
                    civic affairs of the whole city.

Department of Planning, Zoning and Assessment:   (Commissioner D. Snoopy)

                1.  Rezoned parcel 102/22 in the N.E. section of town to
                    recreational use for the establishment  of a park.  This
                    section was completely without parks and playgrounds be-
                    fore this action.

                    Additional tax burden for  this action is not anticipated
                    due to pending federal funding to the extent of  $50,000,
                    nearly  the total cost of development.
                                      241

-------
Department of Public Utilities and Schools:   (Commissioner B. House)

                1.  Increased utilities in the R3 areas of the city to prevent
                   rent increases for those with fixed incomes.  A bond issue
                   was floated to raise the output of the utility plant from
                   level 2 to level 3.  This should supply adequate utilities
                   to the areas previously under-served.

                2.  Applied for a federal grant to provide additional teachers
                   and renewal of the school in the N.E. section.
FUTURE PLANS:
               1.  A town meeting will be held January 26, at 7:30 p.m. to
                   develop an honest assessment by citizens and government of
                   the problems we have and possible solutions.

               The Suggested Agenda:

                   1.  Need for new City Vocational School
                       (A committee of citizens have suggested the N.E.
                                      section)
                   2.  Incentives needed to get overall favorable business
                       climate established.

                   3.  Highway improvements needed

                   4.  Parks and recreational needs

                   5.  General public school adequacy in BLUE CITY

                   6.  Unemployment
                                      242

-------
                                  APPENDIX E
2nd Round
Administra-
 tion's
Motto
                            THE PEOPLE'S ADVOCATE
                                                 Vol. II
               February 9, 1971

     At the first town meeting held on January 26, 1971, the
mayor denounced the BLUE CITY GAZETTE as being totally biased
and a good example of "yellow journalism".  In addition, he
announced that the "paper" is controlled by outside interests
much to the disadvantage of his beloved citizens.
     Those "dirty birds" from the business community who
attacked the mayor and administration because of their selfish
vested interests will not be tolerated.
BLUE CITY'S administration is for ALL PEOPLE.1!!.'
MAYOR:          The mayor again showed his big heart for the people when he
                took the following actions:

                1.  Set welfare payments at $2,500 per year.  This indicates
                    a raise of $1,500 per year for each family without re-
                    sorting to additional taxes.

                2.  Subsidized Economic Decision Makers Mr. C. and Mr. E. to
                    give them the opportunity to construct low-cost housing.

                3.  Subsidized business to develop a manufacturing facility
                    to create new jobs for the unemployed.
PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMT;"1:
Mr. B. Mouse, brother of the revolution very modestly announced
the following "cool" moves on his part:

1.  Contracted for a new $29 million public service facility
    to improve municipal services to the ENTIRE city.

2.  Redistricted municipal services areas to decrease the
    overload existing upon the former 3 plants.

3.  Provided increased utility services to those areas which
    requested such action.
                                      243

-------
 £ PLANNING     Mr* D*  Sno°Py witn  tne better  interests  of  the  city ever at
° j ^r-r^r,      heart and  the city's  recreational needs  as  first  priority
and ZONING:      ^  , ^i_  £•,•>•            •      ^j
                took the following  progressive actions:

                1.  Using  available department funds,  bid on  two  large,  at-
                   tractive park parcels.

                2.  Also,  ever  attentive  to community  needs,  he rezoned  two
                   areas  crucial to  the  improvement of  the N.E.  sector  (one
                   for low-cost housing; the  other  for  heavy industry).
DEPARTMENT      Miss G. Road Runner with her usual dedication for the better-
OF TRANS-      ment of the city, made the following decisions in close con-
PORTATION:      sultation with  the  city's constituents:

               1.  Rerouted a  bus  route to serve the increasing needs pre-
                   velant in the N.E. sector.

               2.  Added a new Type  2 road to  service those citizens who
                   will live in the  new low-cost housing complex constructed
                   by the progressive economic sector.
DEPARTMENT      The  Commissioner of  Education,  knowing full well how concerned
OF              BLUE CITY  is with the education of its youth has decided to
EDUCATION:       discuss his recent fantastic actions with the citizens at
                today's meeting.
BLUE CITY:   A fair city with honest government working overtime to keep its
                citizens1	••«»«•
                                     244

-------
          APPENDIX  F
     URBAN STUDIES  INSTITUTE
      MANKATO STATE COLLEGE
         June 22, 1971
BLUE CITY:  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS
               OF
DEMOGRAPHIC & ECONOMIC STATISTICS
          245

-------
                        INPUTS
ROUNDS
cr»

Total
Population
Low
Middle
iiigU
Population
per Resi-
dential
Sq - W ,
Developed
Land
(Sq.Mi.)
Total
Assessed
Value of
Lar.<:
Average
Dissatis-
faction
Level
Average
Educa-
tional
Level
Student-
Teacher
Ratio

1

275,500
?3,500
93,000
10 J, 000






41



166



0



60


14

2

282,000
77,500
102,000
102,500



.1,985


41



166



122



58


14



2.3
5.4
3.0
.5



2.3


0



0



112,0



-3.4


0

3

287,500
72,000
108,000
107,500



2,024


41



.169



108



58


14

I *

.9
-7.6
5.9
4.9



.9


0



1.8



-3.7



0


0

294,500
72,500
113,000
L09.000



2,073


42



169



104



58


14

	 ^ 	 ,

2.4
.6
4.6
1,4



2.4


0



0



-3.7



0


0

5

303,000
74,000
115,500
1.13,500



2,089


43



183



115



57


14



2.9
2.0
2.2
4.1



.8


2.4



8.2



10.5



-1.7


0


-------
6
348,500
82,000
132,000
J.34, 500



2.233

44
191


127

57
15


14
10.8
14.5
Lr>.6



6. .4

2.2
4.3


10.4

0
7.1

7
366,500
86,000
137,000
143,500



2.276

46
192


130

57
15


5.1
4.9
3.8
6.7



1,9

|
.A
*
.5


2.3

0
0

8
418,000
1 .11 ,000
14$, 500
161,500



2,383

•':?
!.94


164

55
16


14
29
6.2
42.3



4.9

o
i
1. . 0


26

0
0

Total %
51
51
47
56.7



23

.14
16.8

•
'
1

-9
-14
I
247

-------
              INPUTS
ROUNDS OF PLAY
00
CITY
IHCOME
TAX
Prop. Tax
Land
Prop. Tax
Imp.
Res . Inc .
Tax
liap . Inc
Tax
Res. Auto
Tax
Erap.Auto
Tax
Goods
Sales
Tax
Service
bales

1


6,641,600

8,997,000

25,954,117

0

203,134

0


2,547,168

,
Tax 2,6.10,01?.

Out-
standing
Bend
Pa-'nueni:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
TOTAL





2


6,641,600

8,841,000

26,048,716

0

203,477

20,318


2,715,592





0

-1.7

.4

0

.2




6.6

t
1
3,: 121 ,.127 19.5
i
\






3


6,768,000

8,937,600

25,870,296

0

190,926

19,059






.9

9.9

-0.7

0

-6.5

-6.6


2,788, 821J 2.7


31,864,479


1
J i

7,240,000 i 7, 240 r 000



7,240,000




10, 78u,OQG


18,020,00




i
0



148.8

7,240,000
iOj.760,000
16,070,000
0
34.090,000

i
I
1


19.9






4


6,741,600

31,431,400

28,159,123

0

217,972

21,768


7,636.393


3,761,513





0 16,070,000
oi o
0
0
89.1


i

0
0
16,070,000



1




-0.4

251,7

8.6

0

14,2

14.2


173.8


-747.1





5


7,322,000

37,757,300

31,099,698

0

280,765

28,045


8,299,162


3,723,568




'i
120.0
0
0
0
-112.1




0
0
o
0









8.7

20.1

10.4

0

29.3

28.8


8.7


-1.0


i
!

0
0
r
/"•" •
0




1

-------
                                                26
         "T
 7,615,600


40,208,000


36,152,357
 3.8  i   7»630,400    8.5
 6.4  i  43,500,800    7,,4
 8.1  I  39,125,076 j   S.I
     i            I
   o  i           o!     o
               7,756,000


              46,698,400


              i", 719,610
   334,961 J19.3  1    31^894.! -5.0
    33,453
19,2
31,648
-5.0
33n227
                                        T
                  11
                                                 0
                               7.9  J.0,4'5,170
                                                      18
                 :  4,346,725
                   11
                , 476,607 I  3
                                             0   0
                                             Oj 0
                                             o  I o
                       116
                       249

-------
                   IMPUTS
                                                                               B0URDS  OF PLAY
ro
ui
o
School En-
rollment
Public
Private
iiumber of
Employed
Uorbsrs
LC--J
IvfJ jj,,;! n.
"
i^Urjii*
1

57,250
11>950

81,600
25,200
31.680
2

59,210
11,500

81,440
24,200
32,640
24,720 24 t 600
i

WoilvOKa ) 4 , 200
Low i 4,2CO
aid-lie | 0
V| € 1, A


3.4
-2,9

-0.2
-4.1
3.0
-9,5
j
6,800
6,300
0
o
3

57,620
14,970

80,400
20,400
36,560


-2.7
30.1

-1.3
-18.6
5.9
24,440 ( 3,4

i
60.9 3,760
60.9 8,400
0 0
0

% Earnings
Undiv: 3,000
5-10,000
Over 5.0,000
itambtr of

.28
A3
17

Naw Jobs 80
Low
Middle
High
Total
Workers
on
Welfare
Welfare
Payment/
Worker

G
0
0



4,200

1,500

36 -18.0
46 i 43.0
17

0
0
0
0



6,800

1,000

0

0
0
0
0



60.9

-50.0

360


35
46
17

0
0
0
0



8,760

1,000

25.8
22.5
4

58,100
16,380

87,920
2.5,600
36,160
26,160

3,400
3,400
0 0
360.0


0




.8
9 = 4

9.3
25.5
4.6
2.3
.

-157.6
-.157,6
C
0


-0.3 33 x2.0
0
0

0
0
0
0



28.8

0

5

58,150
18,500

93,800
29,600
36,960
27,240

0
0
0


.09
13.0

6.7
15.6
2.2
4.1

0
0
0
Oj 0 !
i

•


34 -8.0
42 -16.0 ! 40! -20.0
19

130
34
49
47



3,400

2,500

1.9

130.0






-157.6

150.0
24

37
11
li
15



0

2,500
1
3.0

-251.3
-209.0
-345.0
-213.0



0

0


-------
                       25
6
62,510
25,820

107,320
32,800
42,240
32,280





0
0
0
0




38

27


80
33
24
23




, 0

2,500

7
39

14
10.8
14
18





0'
0
0
0




1 1
il

12


49
33
49
32
1



0

0
7
63,580
29,290

112,630
34,400
43,840
34,440





u
0
0
0



•
"5ri
~o

28


43
*"? *?
13
8

i


0

1,600

1.7
13.4
j
5
4.8
•t i
.>. i
6,6
-


-

0
o
0
f'\
'J




-- R

3.7


-4 f--
• •_•...'
4-
-65
i

i
i
0
i
-36
8
67,350
37,580

126,920
41,600
46,560
38,760





2,600
2?GOG
G
^\
tj




3C

28


66
^
22
12




0

1,600
:
6
28.3

12.6
21
6.2
12.5





t>
r.
V.'
U
c




2.8

0


60
* r-
69
50




0

0
otaj %
17
68

55
65
47.
56





33
T;"*
0
0




-3.2

64










0

6,2
251

-------
          Chapter  X





         CITY MODEL:



THE MEMPHIS STATE EXPERIENCE




             by



         Robert Dean



  Memphis State University
               252

-------
                        CITY MODEL:
                 THE MEMPHIS STATE EXPERIENCE

                     TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                        Page

Introduction                                            25 A

The Course                                              256

Dynamics                                                258

CONCLUSIONS                                             264
                              253

-------
                                 CITY MODEL:
                        THE MEMPHIS  STATE EXPERIENCE*
Introduction
       During the spring semester of the 1970-1971 school year,  a group of 16

graduate students from the Departments of Economics and Geography had both the

privilege and pleasure of "playing" the City Model.  With the exception of this

writer, none of the students  had ever participated in a simulation-gaming exer-

cise, nor had they ever been  given much exposure to the input-output media of

computers (i.e.,  code sheets, punched cards, and computer printouts)!  Despite

these obstacles,  the students found the interaction with the City Model a most

rewarding experience and were eager to participate again in such a venture.

Indeed, it was the opinion of most of the students that additional sessions with
              >              '        .           .
the City Model would be required if maximum benefits from the use of the Model
                                              I
were to be achieved.  Simply  put, their argument was that the more innovative

uses of the Model can only occur after prolonged and extended play.

       The decision to utilize the City Model as one of the principal teaching
   '                               .                                !     .
tools in the joint seminar with the Geography Department on urban problems
                           i                •   .                        • .  •
was by no means  accidental.  Having used Alan Feldt's Community  Land Use Game

(CLUG) and Richard Duke's METROPOLIS in courses dealing with urban planning,

I was well aware  of the student interest and excitement in playing the roles

of public and private decision makers in the urban arena.  In the past, however,

my experience with the use of simulation-gaming as a teaching device had been

limited to undergraduate students.  Moreover, I had never attempted a modeling

exercise with the complexity  and level of sophistication associated with the
        The modeling exercises  could not have been carried out at Memphis State
without the support of the  Bureau of Business and Economic Research.   In particu-
lar, a great debt of gratitude  is owed to Mr. David Gilles, a Research Assistant
in the Bureau,  for his untiring efforts in overseeing the modeling exercises.
    Without his contributions,  the gaming sessions would not'have been possible.
                                   254

-------
City Model.  Therefore, I treated the use of the City Model as an experiment

for the instructor as well as the students!

       Because of my own limited experience in handling a modeling effort with

the degree of complexity of the City Model, I decided to use a graduate seminar

as the testing ground for the gaming experiment.  I assumed (perhaps errone-

ously) that graduate students would more readily grasp the technical aspects

of inter-acting with the City Model, and that they would be better able to

make more meaningful decisions within the time span of one semester.  Graduate

students from both the Geography Department (the Geography Department offers a

heavy concentration of courses in urban geography and planning) and the Economics

                                                      •if
Department were invited to participate in the seminar.   Because both the

Geography and Economics Departments had a number of graduate students with

full time jobs during the day, it was decided to hold the urban problems

seminar at night.  In retrospect, the decision to make the seminar available

to the older, more mature graduate students was a good one.  This particular

group of students (roughly half the class were in this category) brought first-

hand knowledge of the problems confronting the Memphis Metropolitan region.

Equally important, they had had some experience in dealing with these problems

locally and fortunately were able to transfer their work experiences in a

useful and meaningful manner to those students who had had little work experience

in the "real" world.

       The course was officially designated as a Seminar in Current Economic

Problems (Economics 7190) and was offered one night a week.  Traditionally,

the instructor or teacher of this seminar is given a great deal of freedom
       *Insofar as I can determine, this was the first experience at Memphis
State in holding a joint course by departments in two different colleges.
(The Economics Department is in the College of Business Administration, and,
the Geography Department is in the College of Arts and Sciences.)
                                  255

-------
and latitude in course structure,  therefore it seemed to be the course best



suited for experimentation with the City Model.  The students agreed to meet



from 6:30 to 10:30 p.m.  on Wednesday evenings, even though the required number



of hours of class meetings would only have called for sessions from 6:30 to



9:30 p.m.  It is also worth noting that the sessions were not held in the



traditional classroom setting.   Instead, a group of rooms and offices adjoining



the University's Regional  Economics Library and the Library itself were used



for the gaming sessions.   The more spacious conditions were instrumental in



achieving a more realistic environment for role playing in the City Model.





The Course



       The seminar in urban problems had three major objectives.  The primary



objective of the course  was to  improve the student's understanding of the



nature and scope of such urban  problems as chronic unemployment, poverty,



housing shortages, crime and violence, inadequate health delivery systems,



and so forth.   Another important objective was to get the student to visualize



the City's problems in "hollistic" or "systemic" terms.  In other words, the



aim was to encourage students to view the activities of the City as being



closely related and interdependent (e.g., an unemployment problem will exacer-



bate a health problem, the loss of industry and jobs in the private sector will



reduce the number and quality of services offered in the public sector through



reduced tax revenues, etc.). A third objective was to encourage the student to



use an interdisciplinary perspective when dealing with urban problems,  that
                                                                     si


is, to look at the problem not  only from the viewpoint of an economist, but



also from the perspective  of a  geographer, planner, political scientist, etc.



       The City Model was  essentially used to help achieve all of these objec-



tives.  Based on my previous experiences with CLUG and  METROPOLIS,  I  found
                                     256

-------
that the actual experience of dealing with a land-use problem (e.g.,  zoning)




makes the student more sensitive to the broader concept of land use planning.




Thus, it was felt that the problems of housing, unemployment, education,




health, etc., would be more readily understood by the students if they were




able to work on these problems at the same time they were dealing with them




within the traditional classroom and academic framework..  It was also felt




that a simulation-game of the City Model type would enhance the student's




ability to view the City as a system of interconnected activities and insti-




tutions.  Indeed, many of the outputs of this particular gaming model (e.g.,




land use maps, economic indicator tables, etc.) are designed in such a fashion




that the City can be viewed more easily as a single entity than as several




separate and disparate parts.




       Through proper role-placement of students with different discipline




backgrounds, it was also hoped that the modeling effort would help the students




to broaden their perspective to include the thoughts and ideas of other dis-




ciplines when dealing with a particular problem.  In this case, the advantage




of the City Model is that it encourages interaction between the various role




players, thus making it possible for a certain amount of "knowledge transfer"




to take place between disciplines.




       The seminar in urban problems was essentially developed along three lines,




First, the students were asked to read a number of books dealing with urban




issues and problems.  These materials were then discussed throughout the




semester and in conjunction with the modeling effort.  Second, the students




were assigned roles in the City Model and were expected to devote a major




portion of their weekly class meetings to the gaming experiment.  Third, each




student was asked to prepare a research paper dealing with a particular local
                                      257

-------
urban problem.  Each student was also asked to present his paper at one of the


class meetings so that all of the students would develop a certain sensitivity


towards local issues and problems at the same time they were grappling with


similar types of problems in the City Model.



Dynamics


       Insofar as the utilization of the City Model is concerned, certain


steps were taken to minimize the students' problems in mastering the mechanics


of making decisions.  One full classroom session was devoted to the discussion


of the major decision-roles in the City Model as well as the many printouts and


reports that result from each role player's decision inputs.  During the first


session, each student was assigned a particular role (i.e., social decision maker,


economic decision maker, mayor, etc.) and asked to read that portion of the


City Model manual dealing with his role.  Using the manual as a guide, each
                                                         <•

student was also asked to fill out a decision sheet for the next class meeting


and be prepared to answer questions concerning each type of decision that he(she)


could make.  Each student was also asked to maintain a diary on his particular


decisions as well as keep a listing of any problems or criticisms he had of the


gaming experiment.  The diary proved to be quite useful, since both the student


and instructor could review the decisions and the reasoning behind them over a


number of gaming sessions.  The diaries clearly revealed that as the students


became more knowledgeable about their roles, they were able to make a greater


number of decisions within a shorter period of time.  The decisions in later


rounds also appeared to be based on more information and a better understanding


of their possible effects on the economic parameters of the model.


       Concerning the play itself, the economic decision makers can best be


described as rather conservative, cautious players.  The aversion to risk-taking


was especially noticeable in the early rounds when the students were quite



                                   258

-------
uncertain as to the outcome of particular decisions.  Insofar as I can deter-



mine, none of the economic decision makers had a "game plan."  Most of the



decisions in the early rounds were not made in a systematic fashion or developed



in a coordinated manner.  In later rounds, however, many decisions were made as



a result of actions taken in earlier rounds.  For example, an economic decision



maker would build some housing units for rental purposes and then find they



were underutilized.  He  (she) would then consider building commercial or manu-



facturing establishments close by in order to induce more people to live in the



underutilized housing units and build up a good supply of labor.  Just as



likely, the procedure would be reversed, and the emphasis would be on building



housing units near a previously built manufacturing plant in order to maintain



an adequate supply of labor close to the plant.



       Most of the economic decision makers made good profits on their business



operations, although losses on particular investments were not uncommon.  It was
                       i                     ••


also evident that profit maximization was the primary motive for making decisions,



subject, of course, to the twin constraints of risk-taking and uncertainty.



       The social decision makers did not have an opportunity to exercise their



voting power, therefore  they spent much of their time trying to improve social



conditions in the City.  A few boycotts on retail establishments were attempted,



but for the most part, their approach was to use "moral persuasion" on public



officials and economic decision makers to change their attitudes toward



problems such as poverty, poor housing, job discrimination, etc.  The social



decision makers did succeed in getting the mayor to establish a housing task



force to investigate the poor housing conditions in the City.  As we shall see



shortly, this particular task force was quite instrumental in getting "slum"



landlords to improve and upgrade their properties.



       The public decision makers made a concerted effort to improve the welfare



of the City, although the indicators used to measure economic progress do not




                                      259

-------
clearly reflect the intensity of this effort.   During the early rounds, the




"game plan" was to obtain additional revenue to upgrade the school system and




municipal services, while at the same time bring about a redistribution of the




tax burden so that it would fall more heavily on the business community and




to a lesser extent on the work force.  Lower income residents also received




a tax break through the reduction of sales taxes on goods and services while




the tax on auto owners was raised in the hopes that the use of public trans-




portation would increase.




       A substantial public deficit in the early rounds, however, caused the




public decision makers to modify their target objectives until the deficit




was significantly reduced.  By the sixth round, the deficit was under control,




and the earlier effort to improve the quality of municipal services and the




school system was renewed.  During this round, a serious review was also made




of the City's more pressing problems.  As a result of this review, it was




decided that more park and recreational land was needed for the City, and




money was appropriated to the planning and zoning department for this purpose.




Rising complaints from the social decision makers about the high tax rates on




lower income residents and their deplorable housing conditions prompted the




mayor to lower the residential income tax rate and the employee income tax




rate.  In addition, the mayor appointed a committee to review the housing




conditions in the City and provide him with recommendations concerning the




proper resolution of this problem.




       In the last round, an election was held, and the incumbent mayor lost




to one of the economic decision makers who was dissatisfied with the higher




taxes on business properties and the move towards a "socialist" form of




government.  Unfortunately, the new mayor did not have time to carry out his




conservative policies since the gaming sessions had to be halted due to the




end of the school semester!




                                      260

-------
       A review of some of the economic and demographic growth trends reveals


a fairly successful performance for the City's economy.  Figure 1 below


illustrates some of these trends.  Chart 1-A and 1-B indicate that the popula-


tion increased 52 percent and employment 46 percent over the eight rounds of


play.  Thus, the City appears to have grown at a fairly steady rate with popu-


lation at a little over 6 percent per annum and employment slightly less at


5 percent annually.   The unemployment chart shows little or no unemployment


from round 3 through round 7 of play, thereby indicating a full employment


economy over most of the gaming sessions.  Although unemployment was quite low


(except for round 8), Chart 1-C indicates that the proportion of workers earning

       *.
less than $5,000 actually increased from 38 percent to 40 percent of the total


work force during the gaming sessions.  This is somewhat alarming, since this


group of wage earners are largely unskilled and semi-skilled and are not capable


of being absorbed into more capital-intensive industries (with higher wage


rates) without considerable retraining and additional education.


       Despite this apparent weakness in the structure of the work force, it


is evident that the social welfare of the community improved considerably


during the period of play.  As Chart 1-E indicates, per capita income has risen


steadily during the gaming session.  As of the end of the seventh round, per


capita income had reached $2,000, a 17 percent increase over the base year


figure.  This improvement was extremely encouraging to the students, especially


those that played the role of social decision maker.


       With regard to certain key economic indicators, then, the City appeared


to be better off at the end of the gaming sessions than at the start.  It is


extremely difficult, however, to single out one particular factor that contribu-
                          ''•» -
ted most to this improvement in economic well-being.  Perhaps it was due to the


rather conservative manner in which the public and private decision makers made


decisions.  Possibly it was due to the fact that the national economy was fairly
                                    261

-------
                                          Figure 1

                               ECONOMIC AND DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS
   Persons
    (000)
                  Chart 1-A
               Population Growth
                                      Round
 Persons
  (000)
               Chart  1-B
           Employment Growth
                                                                I   2.  5
                                                                                        Round
  Percent
Unemployed
                  Chart  1-C
             Unemployment Trend
                                      Round
               Chart  1-D
  Percent
Total Work
   Force
                                                            ID
                                    Round
                                        Chart  1-E
                        Per Capita
                         Income 2tt*
                                                        ~1 ^Round
                                            262

-------
strong during the gaming sessions and therefore gave added strength to the




local export sector.  Regardless of the causes, the students were most




delighted to achieve the twin objectives of full employment and rising per




capita income—a most unlikely occurrence in the real world!
                                     263

-------
                                CONCLUSIONS






       It should be made perfectly clear to the reader that no attempt was made




to measure with precision the importance of the City Model as a learning tool.




Because others have traveled this road before and have not really had much




success in isolating the contributions of simulation gaming to the learning




process, I find it expedient to withhold any comments on the degree of use-




fulness of the City Model except to say that the modeling effort was an




extremely worthwhile experience in group interaction and certainly the high-




light of the seminar.




       In reviewing the course in more realistic terms, it is fair to say




that we were moderately successful in meeting the three course objectives.




Based on the results of the research papers and the class discussions that




took place before and after the gaming sessions, it was clear that most of




the students had a better understanding of some of the gut issues facing our




cities at the end of the course than they did at the beginning.  Although




I cannot support this contention with empirical evidence, it seemed to me that




the background readings, modeling exercises, and research papers are comple-




mentary learning activities, i.e., one reinforces the others.  In this par-




ticular case, the background readings provided a basic frame of reference for




the role players in the modeling effort, while the modeling effort increased




the students' sensitivity and awareness towards certain urban concepts and




problems.  In turn, a heightened awareness of a particular problem made it




easier to construct and implement a research design related to that problem.




       The students also became more cognizant of the fact that the City is




a system of interdependent activities, although not with the degree of sensi-




tivity and understanding that I had hoped for.  The lack of real success




here, however, cannot be blamed on any inherent weakness in the City Model,
                                     264

-------
but rather on the failure of the instructor to create opportunities for the




students to use the Model's structural relationships to better advantage.




       The problem boils down to this:  most of the students were so involved




in their o\
-------
the fact that certain groups or economic classes (e.g.,  slum landlords) would




not benefit personally from these decisions.   Because of the conflicts that




result when one vested interest group stands  to lose at  the expense of




another, most of the students gained a better appreciation for the problems




of developing a citywide policy on housing standards as  well as the delicate




relationship between housing conditions and economic profit.




       The attempt to create an interdisciplinary perspective in urban problem




solving , did not meet with much success.  Unfortunately,  the structure of the




City Model does not promote this type of learning process nor does it mitigate




against it.  Once again, if the instructor is innovative, a number of ad hoc




task forces which are multi-disciplinary in makeup can be established to con-




sider urban problems within an interdisciplinary framework (e.g., a task force




on transportation policy would include a sociologist, political scientist,




geographer, planner, engineer, and an economist).  However, most students—even




graduate students—have not progressed to the point where they can develop on




their.own comprehensive solutions to a problem as complex as urban transportation;




therefore, the task forces would need faculty support.  In turn, this would




require a team teaching effort,  which was logistically not possible for this




particular seminar.




     .  Summing up,  even though the objectives of the course were not completely




achieved,, it would be unfair to  say that the  City Model  was mainly responsible




for this lack of achievement.   It should be kept in mind  that this was an experiment




for both the instructor and the  students, and that in subsequent sessions, more




effective and innovative uses of the ,City Model would result in higher achievement




levels.  As  I  see it, however,  the main problem with the use of City Model is the




inability to manipulate the key parameters of the Model  (e.g., economic growth




rates,  social conditions, production capacities, etc.),  thereby making it more




flexible and susceptible to innovative approaches to urban problem-solving.
                                     266

-------
In order to create this type of learning environment, the students" and'the

instructor must know more about the inner workings of the Model itself.  In

turn, this calls for the computer programs that form the basis of the' City

Model to be housed at the college or university carrying out  the modeling-    •

experiment.  The location of the City Model at each participating university

would also increase the frequency of interaction with the City Model.,; More-

over, the laborious process of mailing; decisions to Washington, D1. C., and

then waiting a week or more for the results of these decisions tends to have

a dampening effect on the students' interest and attitude7towards the modeling

exercise.  Inde'ed, the most common complaint heard during the, modeling experi-

ment was Why Can't We Get the Results of Our Decisions Tomorrow?1  Although

this is probably a universal complaint and not easily solved  without terminal

devices and "real time" or "shared time" computer processing  capabilities,

the problem of "output" delay would bfe less severe if handled locally.

       There is also a need to feed local demographic and economic statistics

into the City Model so that students" can actually work on problems--that 'are

both important and extremely familiar to them.  This can best be done' by

transferring the City Model to the local university or college carrying out

                        'k
the modeling experiment.                                         ' ;•

       The other criticisms that we have of the City Model are minor- in nature

and mostly have to do with the mechanics of "playing the game1. "•• -The majority*

of the students felt that the player's manual was overly complex, and that the

sections dealing with individual roles should also include decision input

formats, the procedure for making decisions, and those computer printouts most

important to a particular role (decision maker).  Another frequently heard
       *At Memphis State, we would like to load 1970 Memphis block and  tract
data on population and housing into the City Model, develop  local -population
and land use growth patterns, and in general operate the Model as a replicate
of the local development process.    '            '                ',>
                                     267

-------
complaint was the inability to go to one source or computer printout sheet




for needed data.  Although this is not possible to achieve under the present




reporting system, some additional consideration should be given to the data




needs of each role player and whether or not more realistic data combinations




can be developed.  For example, it would be extremely useful for the player




operating the bus company to have the geographical locations of the labor




force and the work sites combined one one printout sheet.  There was also a




strong feeling among the students that the social decision makers were quite




limited in the number and types of decisions they could make, and that this




particular role should be either expanded greatly or dropped completely in




favor of new roles that emphasize the activities of agencies dealing with




health and welfare problems.




       As indicated above, however, these criticisms do not materially detract




from the basic strengths of the City Model.  Indeed, our interest in City Model




is very high,  and we are anxiously looking forward to continued interaction




with the Model during the next school year.
                                        268

-------
                         Chapter XI

                         CONCLUSION

     City Model was designed to be a non-scoring game.  This

conceptualization of the purpose of the model meant that a com-

parison of the outputs of the model was not really possible,

except in a superficial fashion because each of the users was

expected to decide his own optimal strategy for the "best" city.

     However, to partially satisfy the very natural urge to

compare the model runs anyway, Figure 5 was prepared.  The

reader is invited to do his own analysis in terms of the most
                                     s
desirable city.

     From the terms Q£ the model structure, it is interesting

to note not the differences, but the tendency to converge —

the similarities in the macro-statistics despite minor al-

ternatives in individual strategies.  tost notable are the

population and income distribution figures.
                              269

-------
  I  Population
    Low Income
    Middle Income
    High Income
    Total Population

 II  Land Use
    Developed Land
     (sq mi)
    Density Per Sq Mi
    Total Assessed
     Value Land
    Total Assessed
     Value Develop.
    Residential Vacancy
     Rate

III  Income
N)
                                                  Figure  5

                                                 Round 8 Data
Start
73^500
9,9'>Qt>0
103,000
2.75,500
American
117,5-00.
145,51)0;
165,000
428,000
Dartmouth
116,500
166,000
166,000
448,500
Georgetown
116,500
173,000
173,000
462,500
(Round 7)
Mankato Memphis
111,000
145,500
161,500
418,000
105,000
127,000
142,500
374,500
         41

        4.40
166,000,000
         51

        684
273,000,000
450,000,000  852,000,000
         6%
         6%
   Sales to National
    Economy
J     Heavy Industry
     Light Industry
     National Services
   Balance of Trade
   Total Employed
   % Unemployed
   Welfare Recipients
   Income Distribution
     (Under $5000/$5-
    10,000/Over  $10,000)

IV Finance
   Taxes Per Capita
   Bond Payment  Per
    Capita
   Total Annual  Bond
    Payment
                         469,908,000
                         203,032,500
                         207,900,000
             532,950,000
             473,800,000
             572,000,00:0
                         (17,081,250) 478,629,825
                              81,600
                                4.90
                               4,200
                            38/43/17
                              184.34
                               46.20
                 133,160
                       0
                       0
                36/34/28
                  230.09
                  127.59
                          12,727,656   54,610,000
         50

        717
279,000,000
                                                       52
                                                       47
                                                                                46
        740          668         599
259,000,000  194,000,000 177,000,000
950,000,000  1,149,000,000  667,000,000 527,000,000

        _2%              0          -4%         -5%
                  501,748,200
                  539,302,850
                  223,080,000
                  175,544,446
                      139,560
                            0
                            0
                     37/35/28
                       203.15
                        16.68

                    7,480,000
               723,455,400
               565,835,650
               457,600,000
               647,811,623
                   131,480
                         0
                         0
                  35/32/31
                    258.95
                      6.90
620,160,000
438,265,000
205,920,000
356,791,589
    126,920
       2.16
      2,800
   36/35/28
                         494,000,000
                         304,980,000
                         298,900,800
                         268,117,932
                             116,840
                                   0
                                   0
                            35/37/26
                  271.37
                  107.61
                 372.89
                  10.49
                                                 3,190,000    44,980,000    3,930,000

-------
                           Acknowledgments

        The  concept of a social science laboratory was another
  of  those  "buzz"  words which appear to mean everything and at
  the same  time nothing.  When the group of us at Envirometrics be-
  gan to  advocate  such an idea for universities and colleges/ it
  was immediately  accepted in a fuzzy sort of way.

        For  two years we worked on a computer-based model which
  could be  used both for research and.training purposes.  When
  we  thought we had accomplished this end we approached the
  National  Science Foundation for a research grant.

        Upon approval, the grant was used to test the concept of
  a general social science lab by having several disciplines use
  the same  model to teach their extant courses.

        This report is the result of that experiment.  The story and
  results are told directly by each professor, except for some
  overall comments I made myself.

        The  usefulness of this lab is for each reader to decide.
  Our thanks go to those professorsx-wiTD~~te^ted the laboratory
  concept and who  are now able to lielp guidjS the way for others.
                                  ?eter House
                                 President
                                 Envirometrics, Inc.   1971
aU.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1972 434-485/212 1-3

-------